華嚴經 品三十九 入法界品 · 海幢比丘(寄正心住)Avataṃsaka Sūtra · Entering the Dharma Realm · The Monk Ocean Banner (Assigned to the Abode of the Rectified Mind)

〔T10 0340b02〕
心要Essence

善財到的時候,這位老師沒有開口。

他在定中,「離出入息,無別思覺,身安不動」。善財問不了,只能站著看——看了六月又六日。

看見的是:從足下到頂上十四處,處處出眾,處處作事,遍滿法界。一個不動的人,在做著整個世界的事。

出定之後,善財才問得出名字。答了三個:「普眼捨得」「般若波羅蜜境界清淨光明」「普莊嚴清淨門」。澄觀說第一個從智立,第二個雙就境智,第三個雙融境智。

然後善財問了本節最好的一句話——「聖者!此三昧境界究竟唯如是耶?」

已經看了六個月,還問『只有這樣嗎』。

所見之外,總還有所未見。這一問,才是他真的看見了的證據。

且看到此地。

When Sudhana arrived, this teacher did not open his mouth.

He was within concentration, “apart from the breathing out and in, without any separate thought or awareness, his body settled and unmoving.” Sudhana could not ask, and could only stand and look—and he looked for six months and six days more.

What he saw was this: from the soles of the feet up to the crown, fourteen places, and at every place an assembly coming forth, at every place work being done, filling the whole Dharma realm. One unmoving person, doing the work of an entire world.

Only after the coming out of concentration was Sudhana able to ask the name. Three were answered: “Universal Eye Relinquishing and Obtaining,” “Prajñā-pāramitā Objective Realm Pure Light,” “Universal Adornment Pure Gate.” Chengguan says the first is set up upon knowledge, the second takes objective realm and knowledge together, and the third fuses objective realm and knowledge.

Then Sudhana asked the finest sentence of this section—“Holy one! Is the objective realm of this samādhi in the end only thus?”

He had already looked for six months, and still he asks ‘is it only this?’

Beyond what is seen there is always something not yet seen. This one question is the proof that he had truly seen.

And let it be seen this far.

原典Canonical · verbatim

〔T10 0340〕 爾時,善財童子一心正念彼長者教,觀察彼長者教,憶念彼不思議菩薩解脫門,思惟彼不思議菩薩智光明,深入彼不思議法界門,趣向彼不思議菩薩普入門,明見彼不思議如來神變,解了彼不思議普入佛剎,分別彼不思議佛力莊嚴,思惟彼不思議菩薩三昧解脫境界分位,了達彼不思議差別世界究竟無礙,修行彼不思議菩薩堅固深心,發起彼不思議菩薩大願淨業。 漸次南行,至閻浮提畔摩利聚落,周遍求覓海幢比丘。乃見其在經行地側結跏趺坐,入于三昧,離出入息,無別思覺,身安不動。 從其足下,出無數百千億長者、居士、婆羅門眾,皆以種種諸莊嚴具莊嚴其身,悉著寶冠,頂繫明珠,普往十方一切世界,雨一切寶、一切瓔珞、一切衣服、一切飲食如法上味、一切華、一切鬘、一切香、一切塗香、一切欲樂資生之具,於一切處救攝一切貧窮眾生,安慰一切苦惱眾生,皆令歡喜心意清淨,成就無上菩提之道。 從其兩膝,出無數百千億剎帝利、婆羅門眾,皆悉聰慧,種種色相、種種形貌、種種衣服上妙莊嚴,普遍十方一切世界,愛語、同事攝諸眾生。所謂:貧者令足,病者令愈,危者令安,怖者令止,有憂苦者咸使快樂;復以方便而勸導之,皆令捨惡,安住善法。 從其腰間,出等眾生數無量仙人,或服草衣或樹皮衣,皆執澡瓶,威儀寂靜,周旋往返十方世界,於虛空中,以佛妙音,稱讚如來,演說諸法;或說清淨梵行之道,令其修習,調伏諸根;或說諸法皆無自性,使其觀察,發生智慧;或說世間言論軌則,或復開示一切智智出要方便,令隨次第各修其業。 從其兩脇,出不思議龍、不思議龍女,示現不思議諸龍神變,所謂:雨不思議香雲、不思議華雲、不思議鬘雲、不思議寶蓋雲、不思議寶幡雲、不思議妙寶莊嚴具雲、不思議大摩尼寶雲、不思議寶瓔珞雲、不思議寶座雲、不思議寶宮殿雲、不思議寶蓮華雲、不思議寶冠雲、不思議天身雲、不思議采女雲,悉遍虛空而為莊嚴,充滿一切十方世界,諸佛道場而為供養,令諸眾生皆生歡喜。 從胸前卐字中,出無數百千億阿脩羅王,皆悉示現不可思議自在幻力,令百世界皆大震動,一切海水自然涌沸,一切山王互相衝擊,諸天宮殿無不動搖,諸魔光明無不隱蔽,諸魔兵眾無不摧伏;普令眾生,捨憍慢心,除怒害心,破煩惱山,息眾惡法,長無鬪諍,永共和善;復以幻力,開悟眾生,令滅罪惡,令怖生死,令出諸趣,令離染著,令住無上菩提之心,令修一切諸菩薩行,令住一切諸波羅蜜,令入一切諸菩薩地,令觀一切微妙法門,令知一切諸佛方便。如是所作,周遍法界。 從其背上,為應以二乘而得度者,出無數百千億聲聞、獨覺;為著我者,說無有我;為執常者,說一切行皆悉無常;為貪行者,說不淨觀;為瞋行者,說慈心觀;為癡行者,說緣起觀;為等分行者,說與智慧相應境界法;為樂著境界者,說無所有法;為樂著寂靜處者,說發大誓願普饒益一切眾生法。如是所作,周遍法界。 〔T10 0341〕 從其兩肩,出無數百千億諸夜叉、羅剎王,種種形貌、種種色相,或長或短,皆可怖畏,無量眷屬而自圍遶,守護一切行善眾生,并諸賢聖、菩薩眾會,若向正住及正住者;或時現作執金剛神,守護諸佛及佛住處,或遍守護一切世間。有怖畏者,令得安隱;有疾病者,令得除差;有苦惱者,令得免離;有過惡者,令其厭悔;有災橫者,令其息滅。如是利益一切眾生,皆悉令其捨生死輪轉正法輪。 從其腹,出無數百千億緊那羅王,各有無數緊那羅女前後圍遶;又出無數百千億乾闥婆王,各有無數乾闥婆女前後圍遶。各奏無數百千天樂,歌詠讚歎諸法實性,歌詠讚歎一切諸佛,歌詠讚歎發菩提心,歌詠讚歎修菩薩行,歌詠讚歎一切諸佛成正覺門,歌詠讚歎一切諸佛轉法輪門,歌詠讚歎一切諸佛現神變門,開示演說一切諸佛般涅槃門,開示演說守護一切諸佛教門,開示演說令一切眾生皆歡喜門,開示演說嚴淨一切諸佛剎門,開示演說顯示一切微妙法門,開示演說捨離一切諸障礙門,開示演說發生一切諸善根門。如是周遍十方法界。 從其面門,出無數百千億轉輪聖王,七寶具足,四兵圍遶,放大捨光,雨無量寶;諸貧乏者悉使充足,令其永斷不與取行;端正采女無數百千,悉以捨施心無所著,令其永斷邪婬之行;令生慈心,不斷生命;令其究竟常真實語,不作虛誑無益談說;令攝他語,不行離間;令柔軟語,無有麁惡;令常演說甚深決定明了之義,不作無義綺飾言辭;為說少欲,令除貪愛,心無瑕垢;為說大悲,令除忿怒,意得清淨;為說實義,令其觀察一切諸法,深入因緣,善明諦理,拔邪見刺,破疑惑山,一切障礙悉皆除滅。如是所作,充滿法界。 從其兩目,出無數百千億日輪,普照一切諸大地獄及諸惡趣,皆令離苦;又照一切世界中間,令除黑暗;又照一切十方眾生,皆令捨離愚癡翳障;於垢濁國土放清淨光,白銀國土放黃金色光,黃金國土放白銀色光,瑠璃國土放玻瓈色光,玻瓈國土放瑠璃色光,硨磲國土放碼碯色光,碼碯國土放硨磲色光,帝青國土放日藏摩尼王色光,日藏摩尼王國土放帝青色光,赤真珠國土放月光網藏摩尼王色光,月光網藏摩尼王國土放赤真珠色光,一寶所成國土放種種寶色光,種種寶所成國土放一寶色光,照諸眾生心之稠林,辦諸眾生無量事業,嚴飾一切世間境界,令諸眾生心得清涼生大歡喜。如是所作,充滿法界。 從其眉間白毫相中,出無數百千億帝釋,皆於境界而得自在,摩尼寶珠繫其頂上,光照一切諸天宮殿,震動一切須彌山王,覺悟一切諸天大眾;歎福德力,說智慧力,生其樂力,持其志力,淨其念力,堅其所發菩提心力,讚樂見佛;令除世欲,讚樂聞法;令厭世境,讚樂觀智;令絕世染,止脩羅戰,斷煩惱諍,滅怖死心,發降魔願,興立正法須彌山王,成辦眾生一切事業。如是所作,周遍法界。 從其額上,出無數百千億梵天,色相端嚴,世間無比,威儀寂靜,言音美妙,勸佛說法,歎佛功德,令諸菩薩悉皆歡喜,能辦眾生無量事業,普遍一切十方世界。 從其頭上,出無量佛剎微塵數諸菩薩眾,悉以相好莊嚴其身,放無邊光,說種種行。所謂:讚歎布施,令捨慳貪,得眾妙寶莊嚴世界;稱揚讚歎持戒功德,令諸眾生永斷諸惡,住於菩薩大慈悲戒;說一切有悉皆如夢,說諸欲樂無有滋味,令諸眾生離煩惱縛;說忍辱力,令於諸法心得自在;讚金色身,令諸眾生離瞋恚垢,起對治行,絕畜生道;歎精進行,令其遠離世間放逸,皆悉勤修無量妙法;又為讚歎禪波羅蜜,令其一切心得自在;又為演說般若波羅蜜,開示正見,令諸眾生樂自在智拔諸見毒;又為演說隨順世間種種所作,令諸眾生雖離生死,而於諸趣自在受生;又為示現神通變化,說壽命自在,令諸眾生發大誓願;又為演說成就總持力、出生大願力、淨治三昧力、自在受生力;又為演說種種諸智,所謂:普知眾生諸根智、普知一切心行智、普知如來十力智、普知諸佛自在智。如是所作,周遍法界。 從其頂上,出無數百千億如來身,其身無等,諸相隨好,清淨莊嚴,威光赫奕如真金山,無量光明普照十方,出妙音聲充滿法界,示現無量大神通力,為一切世間普雨法雨。所謂:為坐菩提道場諸菩薩,雨普知平等法雨;為灌頂位諸菩薩,雨入普門法雨;為法王子位諸菩薩,雨普莊嚴法雨;為童子位諸菩薩,雨堅固山法雨;為不退位諸菩薩,雨海藏法雨;為成就正心位諸菩薩,雨普境界法雨;為方便具足位諸菩薩,雨自性門法雨;為生貴位諸菩薩,雨隨順世間法雨;為修行位諸菩薩,雨普悲愍法雨;為新學諸菩薩,雨積集藏法雨;為初發心諸菩薩,雨攝眾生法雨;為信解諸菩薩,雨無盡境界普現前法雨;為色界諸眾生,雨普門法雨;為諸梵天,雨普藏法雨;為諸自在天,雨生力法雨;為諸魔眾,雨心幢法雨;為諸化樂天,雨淨念法雨;為諸兜率天,雨生意法雨;為諸夜摩天,雨歡喜法雨;為諸忉利天,雨疾莊嚴虛空界法雨;為諸夜叉王,雨歡喜法雨;為諸乾闥婆王,雨金剛輪法雨;為諸阿脩羅王,雨大境界法雨;為諸迦樓羅王,雨無邊光明法雨;為諸緊那羅王,雨一切世間殊勝智法雨;為諸人王,雨無樂著法雨;為諸龍王,雨歡喜幢法雨;為諸摩睺羅伽王,雨大休息法雨;為諸地獄眾生,雨正念莊嚴法雨;為諸畜生,雨智慧藏法雨;為閻羅王界眾生,雨無畏法雨;為諸厄難處眾生,雨普安慰法雨。悉令得入賢聖眾會。如是所作,充滿法界。 〔T10 0342〕 海幢比丘又於其身一切毛孔,一一皆出阿僧祇佛剎微塵數光明網,一一光明網具阿僧祇色相、阿僧祇莊嚴、阿僧祇境界、阿僧祇事業,充滿十方一切法界。 爾時,善財童子一心觀察海幢比丘,深生渴仰,憶念彼三昧解脫,思惟彼不思議菩薩三昧,思惟彼不思議利益眾生方便海,思惟彼不思議無作用普莊嚴門,思惟彼莊嚴法界清淨智,思惟彼受佛加持智,思惟彼出生菩薩自在力,思惟彼堅固菩薩大願力,思惟彼增廣菩薩諸行力。如是住立,思惟觀察,經一日一夜,乃至經於七日七夜、半月、一月,乃至六月,復經六日。 過此已後,海幢比丘從三昧出。善財童子讚言:「聖者!希有奇特!如此三昧最為甚深,如此三昧最為廣大,如此三昧境界無量,如此三昧神力難思,如此三昧光明無等,如此三昧莊嚴無數,如此三昧威力難制,如此三昧境界平等,如此三昧普照十方,如此三昧利益無限,以能除滅一切眾生無量苦故。所謂:能令一切眾生離貧苦故,出地獄故,免畜生故,閉諸難門故,開人、天道故,令人、天眾生喜樂故,令其愛樂禪境界故,能令增長有為樂故,能為顯示出有樂故,能為引發菩提心故,能使增長福智行故,能令增長大悲心故,能令生起大願力故,能令明了菩薩道故,能使莊嚴究竟智故,能令趣入大乘境故,能令照了普賢行故,能令證得諸菩薩地智光明故,能令成就一切菩薩諸願行故,能令安住一切智智境界中故。聖者!此三昧者,名為何等?」 海幢比丘言:「善男子!此三昧名:普眼捨得,又名:般若波羅蜜境界清淨光明,又名:普莊嚴清淨門。善男子!我以修習般若波羅蜜故,得此普莊嚴清淨三昧等百萬阿僧祇三昧。」 善財童子言:「聖者!此三昧境界究竟唯如是耶?」 海幢言: 「善男子!入此三昧時,了知一切世界,無所障礙;往詣一切世界,無所障礙;超過一切世界,無所障礙;莊嚴一切世界,無所障礙;修治一切世界,無所障礙;嚴淨一切世界,無所障礙;見一切佛,無所障礙;觀一切佛廣大威德,無所障礙;知一切佛自在神力,無所障礙;證一切佛諸廣大力,無所障礙;入一切佛諸功德海,無所障礙;受一切佛無量妙法,無所障礙;入一切佛法中修習妙行,無所障礙;證一切佛轉法輪平等智,無所障礙;入一切諸佛眾會道場海,無所障礙;觀十方佛法,無所障礙;大悲攝受十方眾生,無所障礙;常起大慈充滿十方,無所障礙;見十方佛心無厭足,無所障礙;入一切眾生海,無所障礙;知一切眾生根海,無所障礙;知一切眾生諸根差別智,無所障礙。 「善男子!我唯知此一般若波羅蜜三昧光明。如諸菩薩入智慧海,淨法界境,達一切趣,遍無量剎,總持自在,三昧清淨,神通廣大,辯才無盡,善說諸地,為眾生依;而我何能知其妙行,辨其功德,了其所行,明其境界,究其願力,入其要門,達其所證,說其道分,住其三昧,見其心境,得其所有平等智慧? 「善男子!從此南行,有一住處,名曰:海潮;彼有園林,名:普莊嚴;於其園中,有優婆夷,名曰:休捨。汝往彼問:菩薩云何學菩薩行、修菩薩道?」 時,善財童子於海幢比丘所,得堅固身,獲妙法財,入深境界,智慧明徹,三昧照耀,住清淨解,見甚深法,其心安住諸清淨門,智慧光明充滿十方,心生歡喜,踊躍無量;五體投地,頂禮其足,遶無量匝,恭敬瞻仰,思惟觀察,諮嗟戀慕,持其名號,想其容止,念其音聲,思其三昧及彼大願所行境界,受其智慧清淨光明;辭退而行。

〔卷64〕

The canonical text stands in Chinese only. This edition renders the essence, the plain reading, the exposition and the apparatus into English — never the sūtra itself. Switch to 漢讀本 or 並行雙語 above to read it.

白話Plain reading

念前友之教:十一重不可思議

那時候,善財童子一心正念著那位長者所給的教,觀察那位長者的教,憶念著那不可思議的菩薩解脫門,思惟著那不可思議的菩薩智慧光明,深深進入那不可思議的法界之門,趣向那不可思議的菩薩普入之門,明明白白見到那不可思議的如來神變,解了那不可思議的普入一切佛剎,分別那不可思議的佛力莊嚴,思惟那不可思議的菩薩三昧解脫境界的分位,了達那不可思議的差別世界究竟沒有障礙,修行那不可思議的菩薩堅固深心,發起那不可思議的菩薩大願淨業。

趣求與見定相(澄觀科):他到的時候,人已在定中

他就漸漸地往南行,到了閻浮提邊畔的摩利聚落,到處尋找海幢比丘。這才見到他在經行的地邊上結跏趺坐,入在三昧之中,出入的氣息已經斷離,沒有另外的思量覺察,身體安穩不動。

十四處出眾(澄觀科)(一)足下:長者·居士·婆羅門

從他的足下,出來無數百千億的長者、居士、婆羅門大眾,全都用種種莊嚴之具莊嚴他們的身,全都戴著寶冠,頭頂上繫著明珠,普遍前往十方一切世界,雨下一切寶、一切瓔珞、一切衣服、一切飲食如法的上妙滋味、一切華、一切鬘、一切香、一切塗香、一切可欲可樂的資生之具,在一切處所救助攝取一切貧窮的眾生,安慰一切苦惱的眾生,都使他們歡喜、心意清淨,成就無上菩提之道。

十四處出眾(二)兩膝:剎帝利·婆羅門

從他的兩膝,出來無數百千億的剎帝利(王族)、婆羅門大眾,全都聰明有智慧,種種的色相、種種的形貌、種種的衣服上妙莊嚴,普遍到十方一切世界,用愛語、同事來攝受眾生。就是說:貧窮的令他富足,有病的令他痊愈,危險的令他安穩,恐怖的令他止息,有憂苦的都使他快樂;又用種種方便勸導他們,都令他們捨棄惡,安住在善法之中。

十四處出眾(三)腰間:仙人

從他的腰間,出來與眾生數目相等的無量仙人,有的穿草衣、有的穿樹皮衣,都拿著澡瓶,威儀寂靜,往返周旋於十方世界,在虛空之中,用佛的微妙音聲,稱讚如來,演說諸法;有的說清淨梵行之道,令他們修習,調伏諸根;有的說諸法都沒有自性,使他們觀察,發生智慧;有的說世間言論的軌則,有的又開示一切智智出離的要方便,令他們隨著次第各自修自己的業。

十四處出眾(四)兩脇:龍與龍女

從他的兩脇,出來不可思議的龍、不可思議的龍女,示現不可思議的諸龍神變。就是說:雨下不可思議的香雲、不可思議的華雲、不可思議的鬘雲、不可思議的寶蓋雲、不可思議的寶幡雲、不可思議的妙寶莊嚴具雲、不可思議的大摩尼寶雲、不可思議的寶瓔珞雲、不可思議的寶座雲、不可思議的寶宮殿雲、不可思議的寶蓮華雲、不可思議的寶冠雲、不可思議的天身雲、不可思議的采女雲,全都遍滿虛空而作莊嚴,充滿一切十方世界,在諸佛的道場中而作供養,令一切眾生都生歡喜。

十四處出眾(五)胸前卐字:阿脩羅王

從他胸前的卐字之中,出來無數百千億的阿脩羅王,全都示現不可思議的自在幻力,令百個世界都大大震動,一切海水自然涌沸,一切山王互相衝擊,諸天的宮殿沒有不動搖的,諸魔的光明沒有不被隱蔽的,諸魔的兵眾沒有不被摧伏的;普遍令眾生捨去憍慢之心,除去忿怒惱害之心,破煩惱之山,止息眾惡之法,長久沒有鬪諍,永遠共同和睦良善;又用幻力開悟眾生,令他們滅除罪惡,令他們怖畏生死,令他們出離諸趣,令他們遠離染著,令他們安住在無上菩提之心,令他們修一切諸菩薩行,令他們安住一切諸波羅蜜,令他們進入一切諸菩薩地,令他們觀察一切微妙法門,令他們了知一切諸佛的方便。像這樣所作的事,周遍法界。

十四處出眾(六)背上:聲聞·獨覺,八對治

從他的背上,為了那些應當以二乘而得度的人,出來無數百千億的聲聞、獨覺;為執著有我的人,說沒有我;為執著常的人,說一切行都是無常;為貪行偏重的人,說不淨觀;為瞋行偏重的人,說慈心觀;為癡行偏重的人,說緣起觀;為貪瞋癡等分的人,說與智慧相應的境界之法;為愛樂執著境界的人,說一無所有之法;為愛樂執著寂靜處的人,說發大誓願普遍饒益一切眾生之法。像這樣所作的事,周遍法界。

十四處出眾(七)兩肩:夜叉·羅剎王

從他的兩肩,出來無數百千億的諸夜叉、羅剎王,種種的形貌、種種的色相,有的長有的短,全都可怖可畏,有無量的眷屬圍繞著自己,守護一切修行善法的眾生,以及諸位賢聖、菩薩眾會,不論是趣向正住的人還是已經正住的人;有時又現作執金剛神,守護諸佛以及佛所住之處,或者普遍守護一切世間。有怖畏的,令他得到安隱;有疾病的,令他得到除愈;有苦惱的,令他得以免離;有過惡的,令他厭離悔改;有災橫的,令他得以止息消滅。像這樣利益一切眾生,全都令他們捨去生死之輪、轉正法之輪。

十四處出眾(八)腹:緊那羅王·乾闥婆王

從他的腹,出來無數百千億的緊那羅王,各有無數的緊那羅女前後圍繞;又出來無數百千億的乾闥婆王,各有無數的乾闥婆女前後圍繞。他們各自演奏無數百千種天樂,歌詠讚歎諸法的真實之性,歌詠讚歎一切諸佛,歌詠讚歎發菩提心,歌詠讚歎修菩薩行,歌詠讚歎一切諸佛成正覺之門,歌詠讚歎一切諸佛轉法輪之門,歌詠讚歎一切諸佛現神變之門,開示演說一切諸佛般涅槃之門,開示演說守護一切諸佛教法之門,開示演說令一切眾生都歡喜之門,開示演說嚴淨一切諸佛剎之門,開示演說顯示一切微妙法之門,開示演說捨離一切諸障礙之門,開示演說發生一切諸善根之門。像這樣周遍十方法界。

十四處出眾(九)面門:轉輪聖王,十善之布

從他的面門,出來無數百千億的轉輪聖王,七寶具足,四種兵眾圍繞,放出大布捨的光明,雨下無量的寶;使一切貧乏的人全都充足,令他們永遠斷除不與而取(偷盜)之行;端正的采女無數百千,全都用無所執著的心捨施出去,令他們永遠斷除邪婬之行;令他們生起慈心,不斷絕生命;令他們究竟常說真實之語,不作虛誑無益的談說;令他們攝護他人之語,不行離間;令他們說柔軟之語,沒有麁惡;令他們常演說甚深、決定、明了之義,不作沒有義理的綺飾言辭;為他們說少欲,令他們除去貪愛,心中沒有瑕垢;為他們說大悲,令他們除去忿怒,意得清淨;為他們說真實之義,令他們觀察一切諸法,深入因緣,善於明白諦理,拔去邪見之刺,破除疑惑之山,一切障礙全都除滅。像這樣所作的事,充滿法界。

十四處出眾(十)兩目:日輪,諸國土互放色光

從他的兩眼,出來無數百千億的日輪,普遍照耀一切大地獄以及諸惡趣,都令他們離苦;又照耀一切世界的中間,令那裡除去黑暗;又照耀一切十方的眾生,都令他們捨離愚癡的翳障;在垢濁的國土放清淨的光,白銀的國土放黃金色的光,黃金的國土放白銀色的光,瑠璃的國土放玻瓈色的光,玻瓈的國土放瑠璃色的光,硨磲的國土放碼碯色的光,碼碯的國土放硨磲色的光,帝青的國土放日藏摩尼王色的光,日藏摩尼王的國土放帝青色的光,赤真珠的國土放月光網藏摩尼王色的光,月光網藏摩尼王的國土放赤真珠色的光,一種寶所成的國土放種種寶色的光,種種寶所成的國土放一種寶色的光,照著諸眾生心中的稠密之林,辦成諸眾生無量的事業,嚴飾一切世間的境界,令諸眾生心得清涼、生大歡喜。像這樣所作的事,充滿法界。

十四處出眾(十一)眉間白毫:帝釋

從他眉間的白毫相中,出來無數百千億的帝釋,全都對境界得到自在,摩尼寶珠繫在他們的頭頂上,光明照耀一切諸天的宮殿,震動一切須彌山王,覺悟一切諸天大眾;讚歎福德之力,宣說智慧之力,生起他們的樂欲之力,扶持他們的志願之力,清淨他們的正念之力,堅固他們所發的菩提心之力,讚說樂於見佛;令他們除去世間的欲,讚說樂於聞法;令他們厭離世間的境,讚說樂於觀智;令他們斷絕世間的染,止息脩羅的爭戰,斷除煩惱的諍鬪,滅去怖畏死亡之心,發起降魔之願,興立正法的須彌山王,成辦眾生一切的事業。像這樣所作的事,周遍法界。

十四處出眾(十二)額上:梵天

從他的額上,出來無數百千億的梵天,色相端正莊嚴,世間無可比擬,威儀寂靜,言音美妙,勸請佛說法,讚歎佛的功德,令諸菩薩全都歡喜,能成辦眾生無量的事業,普遍到一切十方世界。

十四處出眾(十三)頭上:菩薩眾,說十度之行

從他的頭上,出來無量佛剎微塵數的諸菩薩眾,全都用相好莊嚴他們的身,放出無邊的光,宣說種種的行。就是說:讚歎布施,令人捨去慳貪,得到眾多妙寶莊嚴的世界;稱揚讚歎持戒的功德,令諸眾生永遠斷除諸惡,安住在菩薩的大慈悲戒中;說一切有都如同夢境,說諸般欲樂沒有滋味,令諸眾生離開煩惱的繫縛;說忍辱之力,令他們對諸法心得自在;讚歎金色之身,令諸眾生離開瞋恚的垢,生起對治之行,斷絕畜生之道;讚歎精進之行,令他們遠離世間的放逸,全都勤修無量的妙法;又為他們讚歎禪波羅蜜,令他們一切心得自在;又為他們演說般若波羅蜜,開示正見,令諸眾生樂於自在之智,拔去諸見的毒;又為他們演說隨順世間的種種所作,令諸眾生雖然離開生死,卻能在諸趣中自在受生;又為他們示現神通變化,宣說壽命自在,令諸眾生發大誓願;又為他們演說成就總持之力、出生大願之力、淨治三昧之力、自在受生之力;又為他們演說種種諸智,就是說:普遍了知眾生諸根之智、普遍了知一切心行之智、普遍了知如來十力之智、普遍了知諸佛自在之智。像這樣所作的事,周遍法界。

十四處出眾(十四)頂上:如來身(總相)

從他的頂上,出來無數百千億的如來身,那身沒有可與之相等的,諸相與隨好清淨莊嚴,威光赫奕如同真金之山,無量的光明普照十方,發出微妙音聲充滿法界,示現無量的大神通力,為一切世間普遍雨下法雨。

頂上法雨(一)為菩薩者十二(澄觀科)

就是說:為坐在菩提道場的諸菩薩,雨下普知平等的法雨;為灌頂位的諸菩薩,雨下入普門的法雨;為法王子位的諸菩薩,雨下普莊嚴的法雨;為童子位的諸菩薩,雨下堅固山的法雨;為不退位的諸菩薩,雨下海藏的法雨;為成就正心位的諸菩薩,雨下普境界的法雨;為方便具足位的諸菩薩,雨下自性門的法雨;為生貴位的諸菩薩,雨下隨順世間的法雨;為修行位的諸菩薩,雨下普悲愍的法雨;為新學的諸菩薩,雨下積集藏的法雨;為初發心的諸菩薩,雨下攝眾生的法雨;為信解的諸菩薩,雨下無盡境界普現前的法雨。

頂上法雨(二)為雜類者二十

為色界的諸眾生,雨下普門的法雨;為諸梵天,雨下普藏的法雨;為諸自在天,雨下生力的法雨;為諸魔眾,雨下心幢的法雨;為諸化樂天,雨下淨念的法雨;為諸兜率天,雨下生意的法雨;為諸夜摩天,雨下歡喜的法雨;為諸忉利天,雨下疾莊嚴虛空界的法雨;為諸夜叉王,雨下歡喜的法雨;為諸乾闥婆王,雨下金剛輪的法雨;為諸阿脩羅王,雨下大境界的法雨;為諸迦樓羅王,雨下無邊光明的法雨;為諸緊那羅王,雨下一切世間殊勝智的法雨;為諸人王,雨下無樂著的法雨;為諸龍王,雨下歡喜幢的法雨;為諸摩睺羅伽王,雨下大休息的法雨;為諸地獄眾生,雨下正念莊嚴的法雨;為諸畜生,雨下智慧藏的法雨;為閻羅王界的眾生,雨下無畏的法雨;為諸厄難處的眾生,雨下普安慰的法雨。全都令他們得以進入賢聖的眾會。像這樣所作的事,充滿法界。

毛孔光明網:總收前十四處(澄觀科)

海幢比丘又在他身上一切的毛孔,一一都出來阿僧祇(無數)佛剎微塵數的光明網,一一光明網具有阿僧祇的色相、阿僧祇的莊嚴、阿僧祇的境界、阿僧祇的事業,充滿十方一切法界。

瞻敬證入十句與所經時分(澄觀科)

那時候,善財童子一心觀察海幢比丘,深深生起渴望仰慕,憶念他的三昧解脫,思惟他那不可思議的菩薩三昧,思惟他那不可思議的利益眾生的方便之海,思惟他那不可思議的無造作的普莊嚴之門,思惟他那莊嚴法界的清淨之智,思惟他那承受佛加持之智,思惟他那出生菩薩自在之力,思惟他那堅固菩薩大願之力,思惟他那增廣菩薩諸行之力。就這樣站立著,思惟觀察,經過一日一夜,乃至經過七日七夜、半個月、一個月,乃至六個月,又經過六日。

出定與十句總讚

過了這些時候之後,海幢比丘從三昧中出來。善財童子讚歎說:

「聖者!稀有奇特!像這樣的三昧最為甚深,像這樣的三昧最為廣大,像這樣的三昧境界無量,像這樣的三昧神力難以思量,像這樣的三昧光明無可等同,像這樣的三昧莊嚴無數,像這樣的三昧威力難以制伏,像這樣的三昧境界平等,像這樣的三昧普照十方,像這樣的三昧利益無限——因為它能夠除滅一切眾生無量的苦。

讚所因(澄觀科)二十句與問名

「就是說:能令一切眾生離開貧苦的緣故,出離地獄的緣故,免於畜生的緣故,關閉諸難之門的緣故,開啟人道、天道的緣故,令人、天眾生喜樂的緣故,令他們愛樂禪定境界的緣故,能令增長有為之樂的緣故,能為他們顯示出離三有之樂的緣故,能為他們引發菩提之心的緣故,能使他們增長福德智慧之行的緣故,能令增長大悲之心的緣故,能令生起大願之力的緣故,能令明了菩薩之道的緣故,能使莊嚴究竟之智的緣故,能令趣入大乘之境的緣故,能令照了普賢之行的緣故,能令證得諸菩薩地的智慧光明的緣故,能令成就一切菩薩諸願之行的緣故,能令安住在一切智智的境界之中的緣故。聖者!這個三昧,名字叫作什麼呢?」

答三昧之三名

海幢比丘說:

「善男子!這個三昧名叫『普眼捨得』,又名『般若波羅蜜境界清淨光明』,又名『普莊嚴清淨門』。善男子!我因為修習般若波羅蜜的緣故,得到這個普莊嚴清淨三昧等百萬阿僧祇的三昧。」

善財再問:這三昧的境界,究竟就只有這些嗎

善財童子說:

「聖者!這個三昧的境界,究竟就只是這樣嗎?」

答用二十二句:無所障礙

海幢說:

「善男子!進入這個三昧的時候,了知一切世界,沒有障礙;前往一切世界,沒有障礙;超過一切世界,沒有障礙;莊嚴一切世界,沒有障礙;修治一切世界,沒有障礙;嚴淨一切世界,沒有障礙;見一切佛,沒有障礙;觀一切佛的廣大威德,沒有障礙;知一切佛的自在神力,沒有障礙;證一切佛的諸般廣大之力,沒有障礙;進入一切佛的諸功德之海,沒有障礙;領受一切佛無量的妙法,沒有障礙;在一切佛法中修習妙行,沒有障礙;證一切佛轉法輪的平等之智,沒有障礙;進入一切諸佛的眾會道場之海,沒有障礙;觀十方佛的法,沒有障礙;以大悲攝受十方眾生,沒有障礙;常起大慈充滿十方,沒有障礙;見十方佛心中沒有厭足,沒有障礙;進入一切眾生之海,沒有障礙;了知一切眾生的根之海,沒有障礙;了知一切眾生諸根差別之智,沒有障礙。

謙己推勝(澄觀科)

「善男子!我只知道這一個般若波羅蜜三昧光明。至於諸位菩薩,他們進入智慧之海,清淨法界之境,通達一切趣,遍滿無量剎土,總持自在,三昧清淨,神通廣大,辯才無盡,善說諸地,作眾生的依處——而我又怎麼能夠知道他們的妙行,辨明他們的功德,了知他們的所行,明白他們的境界,窮究他們的願力,深入他們的要門,通達他們的所證,宣說他們的道分,安住他們的三昧,得見他們的心境,得到他們所有的平等智慧呢?

指示後友(澄觀科):海潮·普莊嚴·休捨

「善男子!從這裡往南行,有一個住處,名叫『海潮』;那裡有一片園林,名叫『普莊嚴』;在那個園中,有一位優婆夷,名叫『休捨』。你到那裡去問她:菩薩應當怎樣學菩薩行、修菩薩道?」

戀德禮辭(澄觀科)

那時候,善財童子在海幢比丘這裡,得到堅固之身,獲得妙法之財,進入深深的境界,智慧明徹,三昧照耀,安住清淨的勝解,得見甚深之法,他的心安住在諸清淨之門,智慧光明充滿十方,心生歡喜,踊躍無量;五體投地,頂禮他的足,繞行無量匝,恭敬瞻仰,思惟觀察,讚嗟戀慕,持著他的名號,想著他的容止,念著他的音聲,思惟他的三昧以及他大願所行的境界,領受他的智慧清淨光明;這才辭別退去而行。


Holding in Mind the Teaching of the Previous Good Friend: Eleven Layers of the Inconceivable

At that time, the youth Sudhana with a single mind rightly held in mind the teaching that the elder had given, observed that elder's teaching, held in mind that inconceivable gate of a bodhisattva's liberation, pondered that inconceivable light of a bodhisattva's wisdom, entered deeply into that inconceivable gate of the Dharma realm, turned toward that inconceivable gate of a bodhisattva's universal entering, saw plainly and clearly that inconceivable spiritual transformation of the Tathāgatas, understood that inconceivable universal entering into all Buddha-fields, distinguished that inconceivable adornment of the powers of the Buddhas, pondered that inconceivable division and station of the objective realm of a bodhisattva's samādhi and liberation, fully understood that among those inconceivable differing worlds there is in the end no obstruction, cultivated that inconceivable firm and deep mind of a bodhisattva, and gave rise to that inconceivable pure work of a bodhisattva's great vows.

Seeking On and the Mark of Seeing Him in Concentration (Chengguan's Outline): When He Arrived, the Man Was Already in Concentration

So he journeyed on little by little toward the south, came to the village of Mari at the shore of Jambudvīpa (Jambudvīpa is the continent in which we dwell), and searched everywhere for the monk Ocean Banner. Only then did he see him, seated cross-legged at the side of the walking ground (the walking ground is the place where one paces to and fro), entered within samādhi, the breathing out and in already cut off, without any separate thought or awareness, his body settled and unmoving.

The Fourteen Places from Which Assemblies Come Forth (Chengguan's Outline) (One) The Soles of the Feet: Elders · Householders · Brahmins

From the soles of his feet there came forth numberless hundreds of thousands of koṭis of elders, householders, and brahmins, a great assembly, all of them adorning their bodies with every sort of implement of adornment, all of them wearing jewel crowns with bright pearls bound upon the crowns of their heads; they went everywhere to all the worlds of the ten directions, raining down all jewels, all necklaces, all garments, all food and drink of the finest and most wondrous savor that accords with the Dharma, all flowers, all garlands, all incense, all anointing perfume, and all the implements of livelihood that can be desired and delighted in; in every place they rescued and gathered in all beings who were poor, and comforted all beings who were suffering and afflicted, causing them all to rejoice and to be pure in mind and intent, and to accomplish the path of unsurpassed awakening.

The Fourteen Places (Two) The Two Knees: Kṣatriyas · Brahmins

From his two knees there came forth numberless hundreds of thousands of koṭis of kṣatriyas (the royal caste) and brahmins, a great assembly, all of them clever and possessed of wisdom, with every sort of color and mark, every sort of form and appearance, and every sort of garment finely and wondrously adorned; they went everywhere to all the worlds of the ten directions, and with kindly speech and with shared work they gathered beings in. That is to say: those who were poor they caused to be rich and full, those who were sick they caused to be healed, those in danger they caused to be settled and secure, those in fear they caused to be stilled, and those who had grief and suffering they all caused to be happy; and with every sort of skillful means they exhorted and led them, causing them all to cast off evil and to abide securely within good dharmas.

The Fourteen Places (Three) The Waist: Seers

From his waist there came forth measureless seers equal in number to beings, some wearing garments of grass and some garments of bark, all of them holding washing-pitchers, their bearing quiet and still; they went to and fro and turned about among the worlds of the ten directions, and in the open sky, with the subtle and wondrous voice of a Buddha, they praised the Tathāgatas and expounded the dharmas; some told of the path of pure brahmacarya (brahmacarya is the practice of purity), causing them to cultivate it and to tame their faculties; some told that the dharmas are all without intrinsic nature, causing them to observe this and to bring forth wisdom; some told of the rules of the world's discourse, and some again opened up and showed the essential skillful means by which the knowledge of all-knowledge comes forth and away, causing them, according with the sequence, each to cultivate his own work.

The Fourteen Places (Four) The Two Sides: Dragons and Dragon Maidens

From his two sides there came forth inconceivable dragons and inconceivable dragon maidens (the dragon here is a spirit that has power over rain), manifesting the inconceivable spiritual transformations of the dragons. That is to say: they rained down inconceivable clouds of incense, inconceivable clouds of flowers, inconceivable clouds of garlands, inconceivable clouds of jeweled canopies, inconceivable clouds of jeweled banners, inconceivable clouds of implements of adornment of wondrous jewels, inconceivable clouds of great maṇi jewels (a maṇi is a wish-granting jewel), inconceivable clouds of jeweled necklaces, inconceivable clouds of jeweled seats, inconceivable clouds of jeweled palaces, inconceivable clouds of jeweled lotus flowers, inconceivable clouds of jeweled crowns, inconceivable clouds of the bodies of gods, and inconceivable clouds of serving women, and all of them filled the open sky and made adornment there, filling all the worlds of the ten directions, and made offering within the places of awakening of the Buddhas, causing all beings to give rise to joy.

The Fourteen Places (Five) The Svastika Mark upon the Breast: Asura Kings

From the svastika mark upon his breast there came forth numberless hundreds of thousands of koṭis of asura kings (an asura is a class of beings given to fighting), all of them manifesting inconceivable sovereign powers of illusion, causing a hundred worlds all to quake greatly, all the waters of the seas of themselves to well up and boil, and all the mountain kings to strike one against another; of the palaces of the gods there was none that was not shaken, of the lights of the Māras there was none that was not hidden away, of the armies of the Māras there was none that was not crushed and subdued; and everywhere they caused beings to cast off the mind of pride and arrogance, to take away the mind of anger and of vexing and harming, to break the mountain of the afflictions, to still the dharmas of the many evils, long to be without quarrel and strife, and forever together to be harmonious and good; and again with the power of illusion they awakened beings, causing them to extinguish and take away offenses and evils, causing them to dread birth-and-death, causing them to come forth and away from the destinies of birth, causing them to be far from defilement and clinging, causing them to abide securely in the mind of unsurpassed awakening, causing them to cultivate all the practices of the bodhisattvas, causing them to abide securely in all the pāramitās, causing them to enter all the grounds of the bodhisattvas, causing them to observe all the subtle and wondrous dharma gates, and causing them to fully know the skillful means of all the Buddhas. The work done in this way pervaded the Dharma realm.

The Fourteen Places (Six) The Back: Śrāvakas · Pratyekabuddhas, the Eight Counteractings

From his back, for the sake of those who ought to be delivered by the two vehicles, there came forth numberless hundreds of thousands of koṭis of śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas; for those who cling to there being a self, they told that there is no self; for those who cling to permanence, they told that all formations are wholly impermanent; for those in whom the conduct of greed is heavy, they told the contemplation of impurity; for those in whom the conduct of hatred is heavy, they told the contemplation of the mind of kindness; for those in whom the conduct of delusion is heavy, they told the contemplation of dependent origination; for those in whom greed, hatred, and delusion are in equal portion, they told the dharma of the objective realm that answers to wisdom; for those who love and cling to objective realms, they told the dharma in which there is nothing at all; for those who love and cling to places of quiet stillness, they told the dharma of giving rise to great vows and universally benefiting all beings. The work done in this way pervaded the Dharma realm.

The Fourteen Places (Seven) The Two Shoulders: Yakṣas · Rākṣasa Kings

From his two shoulders there came forth numberless hundreds of thousands of koṭis of yakṣas and rākṣasa kings (yakṣas and rākṣasas are spirits of dreadful shape), of every sort of form and appearance and every sort of color and mark, some tall and some short, all of them dreadful and to be feared, with measureless retinues surrounding them; they guarded all beings who cultivate good dharmas, and the worthies and sages and the assemblies of bodhisattvas, whether those turning toward right abiding or those already rightly abiding; and at times they appeared again as vajra-holding spirits, guarding the Buddhas and the places where the Buddhas dwell, or guarding everywhere all the worlds. Those who had fear they caused to obtain peace and security; those who had sickness they caused to obtain healing; those who had suffering and affliction they caused to be spared and set free; those who had faults and evils they caused to weary of them and to repent; those who had calamity and mishap they caused to be stilled and extinguished. Benefiting all beings in this way, they caused them all to cast off the wheel of birth-and-death and to turn the wheel of the right Dharma.

The Fourteen Places (Eight) The Belly: Kiṃnara Kings · Gandharva Kings

From his belly there came forth numberless hundreds of thousands of koṭis of kiṃnara kings (kiṃnaras and gandharvas are the musician spirits of the gods), each with numberless kiṃnara women surrounding him before and behind; and there came forth as well numberless hundreds of thousands of koṭis of gandharva kings, each with numberless gandharva women surrounding him before and behind. Each of them played numberless hundreds of thousands of kinds of heavenly music, singing in praise of the real nature of the dharmas, singing in praise of all the Buddhas, singing in praise of giving rise to the mind of awakening, singing in praise of cultivating the practice of a bodhisattva, singing in praise of the gate by which all the Buddhas accomplish right awakening, singing in praise of the gate by which all the Buddhas turn the wheel of the Dharma, singing in praise of the gate by which all the Buddhas manifest spiritual transformation, opening up and expounding the gate of the parinirvāṇa of all the Buddhas, opening up and expounding the gate of guarding the teaching of all the Buddhas, opening up and expounding the gate of causing all beings to rejoice, opening up and expounding the gate of adorning and purifying all the fields of the Buddhas, opening up and expounding the gate of displaying all the subtle and wondrous dharmas, opening up and expounding the gate of casting off and leaving all obstructions, and opening up and expounding the gate of bringing forth all roots of goodness. In this way they pervaded the Dharma realm of the ten directions.

The Fourteen Places (Nine) The Face-Gate: Wheel-Turning Sage Kings, the Spreading of the Ten Good Deeds

From his face-gate (the face-gate is the mouth) there came forth numberless hundreds of thousands of koṭis of wheel-turning sage kings, complete in the seven jewels and surrounded by the four kinds of army, sending forth the light of great giving and raining down measureless jewels; they made all who were poor and lacking to be wholly filled, and caused them forever to cut off the conduct of taking what is not given (that is, stealing); with numberless hundreds of thousands of comely serving women they gave all of these away with a mind that clings to nothing, and caused them forever to cut off the conduct of wrong sexual conduct; they caused them to give rise to the mind of kindness and not to cut off life; they caused them in the end always to speak words that are real, and not to make empty and deceiving talk that has no benefit; they caused them to gather up and guard the words of others, and not to practice division; they caused them to speak gentle and soft words, without coarseness or harshness; they caused them always to expound a sense that is deep, decisive, and clear, and not to make ornamented speech that has no sense in it; for them they told of having few desires, causing them to take away greed and love, so that in their minds there was no flaw or filth; for them they told of great compassion, causing them to take away anger, so that their intent became pure; for them they told of the real sense, causing them to observe all dharmas, to enter deeply into causes and conditions, to be skilled at understanding the truths, to draw out the thorn of wrong views, to break down the mountain of doubt, so that all obstructions were wholly taken away and extinguished. The work done in this way filled the Dharma realm.

The Fourteen Places (Ten) The Two Eyes: Sun-Orbs, and the Lands Sending Forth Colored Light One to Another

From his two eyes there came forth numberless hundreds of thousands of koṭis of sun-orbs, universally shining upon all the great hells and upon the evil destinies of birth, and causing them all to leave suffering behind; shining as well upon the spaces between all the worlds, causing the darkness there to be taken away; shining as well upon all beings of the ten directions, causing them all to cast off the film of delusion; upon lands filthy and turbid they sent forth pure light, upon lands of white silver they sent forth light of the color of yellow gold, upon lands of yellow gold they sent forth light of the color of white silver, upon lands of lapis lazuli they sent forth light of the color of crystal, upon lands of crystal they sent forth light of the color of lapis lazuli, upon lands of tridacna they sent forth light of the color of agate, upon lands of agate they sent forth light of the color of tridacna, upon lands of Indra-blue they sent forth light of the color of the maṇi king Sun Treasury, upon lands of the maṇi king Sun Treasury they sent forth light of the color of Indra-blue, upon lands of red pearl they sent forth light of the color of the maṇi king Moonlight Net Treasury, upon lands of the maṇi king Moonlight Net Treasury they sent forth light of the color of red pearl, upon lands made of one jewel they sent forth light of the colors of every sort of jewel, and upon lands made of every sort of jewel they sent forth light of the color of one jewel; they shone upon the dense forest within the minds of beings, brought to completion the measureless work of beings, adorned the objective realms of all the worlds, and caused the minds of beings to become cool and to give rise to great joy. The work done in this way filled the Dharma realm.

The Fourteen Places (Eleven) The White Hair Between the Brows: Śakras

From the mark of the white hair between his brows there came forth numberless hundreds of thousands of koṭis of Śakras (Śakra is the lord of the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three), all of them sovereign over objective realms, with maṇi jewels bound upon the crowns of their heads; their light shone upon all the palaces of the gods, shook all the mountain kings of Sumeru, and awakened all the great assemblies of the gods; they praised the power of merit, proclaimed the power of wisdom, gave rise to their power of delight and desire, upheld their power of aspiration and vow, purified their power of right mindfulness, and made firm the power of the mind of awakening they had given rise to; they praised the delight of seeing the Buddha, causing them to take away the desires of the world; they praised the delight of hearing the Dharma, causing them to weary of the objective realms of the world; they praised the delight of contemplating knowledge, causing them to cut off the defilements of the world; they stilled the wars of the asuras, cut off the quarrels and strife of the afflictions, extinguished the mind that fears death, gave rise to the vow to subdue the Māras, raised up the Sumeru mountain king of the right Dharma, and brought to completion all the work of beings. The work done in this way pervaded the Dharma realm.

The Fourteen Places (Twelve) The Forehead: Brahmās

From his forehead there came forth numberless hundreds of thousands of koṭis of Brahmās, their color and marks upright and adorned, beyond compare in the world, their bearing quiet and still, their words and sounds beautiful and wondrous; they exhorted and requested the Buddhas to tell the Dharma, praised the merits of the Buddhas, caused the bodhisattvas all to rejoice, were able to bring to completion the measureless work of beings, and went everywhere to all the worlds of the ten directions.

The Fourteen Places (Thirteen) The Head: Assemblies of Bodhisattvas, Telling the Practice of the Ten Perfections

From his head there came forth assemblies of bodhisattvas as many as the dust motes of measureless Buddha-fields, all of them adorning their bodies with the marks and signs, sending forth boundless light and proclaiming every sort of practice. That is to say: they praised giving, causing men to cast off stinginess and greed and to obtain worlds adorned with many wondrous jewels; they extolled and praised the merit of keeping the precepts, causing beings forever to cut off the many evils and to abide securely within a bodhisattva's precepts of great kindness and compassion; they told that all existence is like a dream and that the many desires and delights have no savor, causing beings to leave behind the bonds of the afflictions; they told of the power of patience, causing them to be sovereign in mind toward the dharmas; they praised the body of golden color, causing beings to leave behind the filth of hatred, to give rise to the practice that counteracts it, and to cut off the destiny of animals; they praised the practice of vigor, causing them to be far from the heedlessness of the world and all of them to cultivate diligently the measureless wondrous dharmas; and for them again they praised the pāramitā of dhyāna, causing them to be sovereign in every mind; and for them again they expounded the prajñā-pāramitā, opening up and showing right view, causing beings to delight in a sovereign knowledge and to draw out the poison of the many views; and for them again they expounded the every sort of work that accords with the world, causing beings, though they leave birth-and-death behind, to be able to take birth sovereignly within the destinies of birth; and for them again they manifested spiritual powers and transformations and proclaimed sovereignty over the span of life, causing beings to give rise to great vows; and for them again they expounded the accomplishing of the power of holding-entire, the bringing forth of the power of great vows, the purifying and governing of the power of samādhi, and the power of sovereign birth; and for them again they expounded every sort of knowledge, that is to say: the knowledge that universally understands the faculties of beings, the knowledge that universally understands all mind-conduct, the knowledge that universally understands the ten powers of the Tathāgatas, and the knowledge that universally understands the sovereignty of the Buddhas. The work done in this way pervaded the Dharma realm.

The Fourteen Places (Fourteen) The Crown of the Head: The Body of a Tathāgata (the General Mark)

From the crown of his head there came forth numberless hundreds of thousands of koṭis of bodies of Tathāgatas, and those bodies had no equal, the marks and the accompanying signs pure and adorned, their majestic light blazing like a mountain of true gold; measureless light shone everywhere upon the ten directions, a subtle and wondrous voice came forth filling the Dharma realm, and they manifested measureless great spiritual power, raining down the rain of Dharma everywhere for all the worlds.

The Rain of Dharma from the Crown (One): Twelve for Those Who Are Bodhisattvas (Chengguan's Outline)

That is to say: for the bodhisattvas seated at the place of awakening, they rained down the rain of Dharma of universal knowing and equality; for the bodhisattvas of the station of consecration, they rained down the rain of Dharma of entering the universal gate; for the bodhisattvas of the station of the prince of the Dharma King, they rained down the rain of Dharma of universal adornment; for the bodhisattvas of the station of the youth, they rained down the rain of Dharma of the firm mountain; for the bodhisattvas of the station of non-retrogression, they rained down the rain of Dharma of the ocean treasury; for the bodhisattvas of the station of accomplishing the rectified mind, they rained down the rain of Dharma of the universal objective realm; for the bodhisattvas of the station of skillful means fully endowed, they rained down the rain of Dharma of the gate of self-nature; for the bodhisattvas of the station of noble birth, they rained down the rain of Dharma of according with the world; for the bodhisattvas of the station of cultivation, they rained down the rain of Dharma of universal compassion and pity; for the bodhisattvas newly in study, they rained down the rain of Dharma of the treasury that gathers and accumulates; for the bodhisattvas who have first given rise to the mind, they rained down the rain of Dharma of gathering beings in; for the bodhisattvas of faith and understanding, they rained down the rain of Dharma of the inexhaustible objective realm universally appearing before them.

The Rain of Dharma from the Crown (Two): Twenty for the Mixed Classes

For the beings of the form realm, they rained down the rain of Dharma of the universal gate; for the Brahmās, they rained down the rain of Dharma of the universal treasury; for the Sovereign gods, they rained down the rain of Dharma of bringing forth power; for the hosts of Māras, they rained down the rain of Dharma of the banner of the mind; for the gods of the Delight in Emanations, they rained down the rain of Dharma of pure mindfulness; for the gods of Tuṣita, they rained down the rain of Dharma of bringing forth intent; for the gods of Yāma, they rained down the rain of Dharma of joy; for the gods of the Thirty-Three, they rained down the rain of Dharma of swiftly adorning the realm of open space; for the yakṣa kings, they rained down the rain of Dharma of joy; for the gandharva kings, they rained down the rain of Dharma of the vajra wheel; for the asura kings, they rained down the rain of Dharma of the great objective realm; for the garuḍa kings, they rained down the rain of Dharma of boundless light; for the kiṃnara kings, they rained down the rain of Dharma of the surpassing knowledge of all the worlds; for the human kings, they rained down the rain of Dharma of taking no delight and clinging to nothing; for the dragon kings, they rained down the rain of Dharma of the banner of joy; for the mahoraga kings, they rained down the rain of Dharma of great rest; for the beings of the hells, they rained down the rain of Dharma of the adornment of right mindfulness; for the animals, they rained down the rain of Dharma of the treasury of wisdom; for the beings of the realm of King Yama, they rained down the rain of Dharma of fearlessness; and for the beings in places of distress and hardship, they rained down the rain of Dharma of universal comforting. They caused them all to obtain entrance into the assemblies of the worthies and sages. The work done in this way filled the Dharma realm.

The Nets of Light from the Pores: The General Gathering Up of the Fourteen Places Before (Chengguan's Outline)

The monk Ocean Banner again, from all the pores upon his body, sent forth from each and every one of them nets of light as many as the dust motes of asaṃkhyeya (that is, numberless) Buddha-fields, and each and every net of light was possessed of asaṃkhyeya colors and marks, asaṃkhyeya adornments, asaṃkhyeya objective realms, and asaṃkhyeya works, and they filled all the Dharma realm of the ten directions.

The Ten Sentences of Gazing with Reverence and Entering by Realization, and the Passage of Time (Chengguan's Outline)

At that time, the youth Sudhana with a single mind observed the monk Ocean Banner, and there arose in him a deep thirsting and longing; he held in mind his samādhi and liberation, pondered that inconceivable samādhi of a bodhisattva of his, pondered that inconceivable ocean of skillful means for benefiting beings of his, pondered that inconceivable gate of universal adornment without any making of his, pondered that pure knowledge of his that adorns the Dharma realm, pondered that knowledge of his that receives the sustaining of the Buddhas, pondered that bringing forth of a bodhisattva's power of sovereignty of his, pondered that firm power of a bodhisattva's great vows of his, and pondered that power of increasing and broadening a bodhisattva's practices of his. Standing in this way, pondering and observing, he passed one day and one night, and on to seven days and seven nights, half a month, one month, and on to six months, and passed six days more.

Coming Out of Concentration, and the Ten Sentences of General Praise

After these times had passed, the monk Ocean Banner came out of the samādhi. The youth Sudhana praised him, saying—

“Holy one! How rare and how extraordinary! Such a samādhi as this is the most deep; such a samādhi as this is the most vast; such a samādhi as this has a measureless objective realm; such a samādhi as this has a spiritual power hard to fathom; such a samādhi as this has a light without equal; such a samādhi as this has numberless adornments; such a samādhi as this has a majestic power hard to master; such a samādhi as this has an equal objective realm; such a samādhi as this shines everywhere upon the ten directions; such a samādhi as this has benefit without limit—because it is able to extinguish and take away the measureless suffering of all beings.

The Grounds of the Praise (Chengguan's Outline): Twenty Sentences, and the Asking of the Name

“That is to say: because it is able to cause all beings to leave the suffering of poverty behind; because it makes them come forth from the hells; because it spares them from being animals; because it shuts the gates of the many distresses; because it opens the paths of men and of gods; because it makes the beings of the human and the heavenly realms glad; because it makes them love and delight in the objective realms of dhyāna; because it is able to make the pleasures of the conditioned increase; because it is able to display for them the pleasure of coming forth from the three kinds of existence; because it is able to draw forth in them the mind of awakening; because it is able to make the practice of merit and of wisdom increase in them; because it is able to make the mind of great compassion increase; because it is able to make the power of great vows arise; because it is able to make the path of a bodhisattva clear to them; because it is able to make the ultimate knowledge adorned; because it is able to make them turn toward and enter the objective realm of the Great Vehicle; because it is able to make them understand and illumine the practice of Samantabhadra; because it is able to make them realize the light of the wisdom of the grounds of the bodhisattvas; because it is able to make them accomplish the practice of all the vows of the bodhisattvas; because it is able to make them abide securely within the objective realm of the knowledge of all-knowledge. Holy one! This samādhi—by what name is it called?”

The Answer: The Three Names of the Samādhi

The monk Ocean Banner said—

“Son of good family! This samādhi is named ‘Universal Eye Relinquishing and Obtaining’; it is named as well ‘Prajñā-pāramitā Objective Realm Pure Light’; it is named as well ‘Universal Adornment Pure Gate.’ Son of good family! Because I have cultivated the prajñā-pāramitā (the perfection of wisdom), I have obtained a million asaṃkhyeya samādhis beginning with this samādhi of universal adornment and purity.”

Sudhana Asks Again: Is the Objective Realm of This Samādhi in the End Only Thus

The youth Sudhana said—

“Holy one! Is the objective realm of this samādhi in the end only thus?”

The Answer upon Its Working, in Twenty-Two Sentences: There Is No Obstruction

Ocean Banner said—

“Son of good family! When one enters this samādhi, he fully knows all worlds, and there is no obstruction; he goes to all worlds, and there is no obstruction; he passes beyond all worlds, and there is no obstruction; he adorns all worlds, and there is no obstruction; he cultivates and governs all worlds, and there is no obstruction; he adorns and purifies all worlds, and there is no obstruction; he sees all the Buddhas, and there is no obstruction; he observes the vast majestic virtue of all the Buddhas, and there is no obstruction; he knows the sovereign spiritual power of all the Buddhas, and there is no obstruction; he realizes the many vast powers of all the Buddhas, and there is no obstruction; he enters the ocean of the many merits of all the Buddhas, and there is no obstruction; he receives the measureless wondrous Dharma of all the Buddhas, and there is no obstruction; he cultivates wondrous practice within the Dharma of all the Buddhas, and there is no obstruction; he realizes the equal knowledge by which all the Buddhas turn the wheel of the Dharma, and there is no obstruction; he enters the ocean of the assemblies and places of awakening of all the Buddhas, and there is no obstruction; he observes the Dharma of the Buddhas of the ten directions, and there is no obstruction; he gathers in the beings of the ten directions with great compassion, and there is no obstruction; he constantly gives rise to great kindness filling the ten directions, and there is no obstruction; he sees the Buddhas of the ten directions and in his mind is never satiated, and there is no obstruction; he enters the ocean of all beings, and there is no obstruction; he fully knows the ocean of the faculties of all beings, and there is no obstruction; he fully knows the knowledge of the differences among the faculties of all beings, and there is no obstruction.

Humbling Himself and Deferring to the Superior (Chengguan's Outline)

“Son of good family! I know only this one light of the samādhi of prajñā-pāramitā. As for the bodhisattvas, they enter the ocean of wisdom, are pure in the objective realm of the Dharma realm, penetrate all the destinies of birth, fill measureless lands, are sovereign in holding-entire, pure in samādhi, vast in spiritual powers, inexhaustible in eloquence, telling the grounds with skill, and are a place of reliance for beings—how then could I know their wondrous practices, distinguish their merits, fully know what they practice, understand their objective realms, exhaust their power of vows, enter deeply into their essential gates, penetrate what they have realized, proclaim the portions of their path, abide in their samādhis, get sight of the objective realms of their minds, or obtain that equal wisdom which they possess?

Pointing to the Next Friend (Chengguan's Outline): Ocean Tide · Universal Adornment · Fulfilled Vow

“Son of good family! From here journey south, and there is a dwelling place named ‘Ocean Tide’; there is a grove there named ‘Universal Adornment’; and within that grove there is a laywoman named ‘Fulfilled Vow.’ Go there and ask her: how is a bodhisattva to study the practice of a bodhisattva and to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva?”

Cherishing His Virtue, Bowing, and Taking Leave (Chengguan's Outline)

At that time, the youth Sudhana, at the place of the monk Ocean Banner, obtained a firm body, gained the wealth of the wondrous Dharma, entered deep objective realms, his wisdom bright and clear, his samādhi shining, abiding in a pure and superior understanding, getting sight of the deep Dharma, his mind abiding securely in the many pure gates, and the light of his wisdom filling the ten directions; his mind gave rise to joy, and he leapt up with measureless gladness; he cast the five parts of his body to the ground, bowed to his feet, circled him measureless times, gazed up with reverence, pondered and observed, extolled him and cherished him with longing, holding his name, calling to mind his bearing, holding in mind his voice, pondering his samādhi and the objective realm practiced by his great vows, and receiving the pure light of his wisdom; and only then did he take his leave and go.

義疏Exposition

善財到的時候,這位善知識沒有開口

前五位善友,善財到了都能問、都能得答。到第六位比丘海幢這裡,情況變了:善財到時,人已在定中——「入于三昧,離出入息,無別思覺,身安不動」。要問也沒得問,只能站著看。看了多久?六月又六日。

要排一個誤解:這不是善財運氣不好、來得不巧。全子三千九百字,過半篇幅寫的正是這個「看」——看到的是定中身上十四處各出無量眾、遍法界作事。也就是說,這一位善知識的授法方式,就是讓人看他的定。澄觀科此子時,把這一點單獨標出來,說此段「小異前來,謂便見其入定體用」——與前面幾位不同之處,就在善財是先見體用、後才問名。

落到地上:讀這一節,若只等著讀對話,就會覺得前面兩千多字是鋪陳。其實那才是正文。

念前友之教:為什麼走路的路上要一直念

本節起手不是走路,是念。善財「一心正念彼長者教,觀察彼長者教」,接著十一句「彼不思議」——解脫門、智光明、法界門、普入門、如來神變、普入佛剎、佛力莊嚴、三昧解脫境界分位、差別世界究竟無礙、堅固深心、大願淨業。

這十一句不是同一句話說十一遍。每一句各繫一個動詞,而動詞自成次第:先「憶念」解脫門,是把已得的存住;次「思惟」智光明,是就所存而轉;次「深入」法界門、「趣向」普入門,是由思而入、由入而向;次「明見」如來神變、「解了」普入佛剎、「分別」佛力莊嚴,是所見漸廣而漸辨其別;次再「思惟」三昧解脫境界分位、「了達」差別世界究竟無礙,是於廣中辨其分位與無礙;末「修行」堅固深心、「發起」大願淨業,則自見解落到行與願。所念的都是前一位善友之法,而念法自身有淺深——這是走路時心上該有的次第。

為什麼要這樣念?因為前一位解脫長者所示的是「不思議」之境;不思議之境不能靠當場聽懂,只能靠一路帶著走。法藏科這一段時分得很細,說「念中,初二句總;下十句別」,並判其序為能入之慧、所證之理、所攝之德、所起之用,再四句了知剎海,最後二句受持行願。

排一個誤解:以為參學是一站一站換題目。經文的次第正好相反——前一站的所得,是走向下一站的資糧。落到地上:離開一位善知識之後那段路上在念什麼,決定了到下一位那裡能看見什麼。

見定相:經行地側,是動的地方

善財找到人時,見他「在經行地側結跏趺坐」。經行地是走動的地方,他卻在那裡坐定不動。澄觀特別就這一句下了兩層轉語,說「又經行地側,是動之所。而滅思覺者,表即動而寂故。而言側者,不住行故」。

一句話裡有兩義:坐在動處而寂,是即動而寂;坐在「側」而不在道上,是不住於行。二者合起來,就是這一位善友要示的宗——寂與用不是兩段時間。李通玄讀此句同一方向而語更直,說「表寂用自在,以經行地是用,三昧是寂,表依用有寂」。

排一個誤解:以為入定就是把世間放下一段時間。若如此,則坐在靜室才對,何必坐在經行道邊。落到地上:檢驗自己的靜,不必看坐得多久,看它離不離得開走動的那條路。

這是哪一種定:澄觀通取二解

「離出入息,無別思覺」是定相之描寫,那麼這是什麼定?澄觀不下獨斷,通取兩解。一是滅受想定——他說「一即滅受想定,謂無別思覺,七轉已息,唯第八識持身,定前加行誓願力故,令於定身起諸業用」;二是第四禪——「二者即第四禪,以起用多依彼故」,理由是四禪無出入息、無覺觀,且起用多依此定。

而滅盡定本不應起用,澄觀就在這裡引經作證,說《淨名》云「不起滅定而現諸威儀」,並判「正當此也」。又補一層圓教之釋:「若圓教中,融攝法界自在無礙故,業用無方未曾起念。」

法藏就六十本判定體,先立「身安不動,心寂無覺。七轉已息,唯第八持身」之體;而其說不止於此,續以二義明其業用之所由:一者定前加行之誓願力,故能「令於定身起諸業用」;二者若在圓教,融攝法界自在無礙,故「業用無方未曾起念」。澄觀通取二解,法藏則先立定體而後明其業用,二家各存其軌。

落到地上:這一段是全子的鑰匙。下面十四處出眾,看起來像神通表演,其實是在演一件事——寂到極處,用不待起。

十四處出眾之總相:從下至上,漸漸增勝

自此以下,經文十四段,其中十三段以「從其」某處起,唯胸前卐字一段以「從胸」起。澄觀總判此十四段,說「今初,總十四處作用不同。總相而明,從下至上漸漸增勝。別則各表不同」。

這句判語給了兩把尺。一把是總相之尺:足下、兩膝、腰間……至頭上、頂上,是身之自下而上;所出之眾也自世間仁士而上至如來身,兩序相應。另一把是別相之尺:每一處各有各的取義,不可以一義通貫。

數目一事,三家不同。法藏亦數十四,其語作「總有十四門」,並判首處之義為「明修行之初以施為首」;智儼則作十五處,說「身光有十五處化彼諸如來者,頂上佛耳」。十四與十五之差不在經文有無,而在分處之法各異——誌錄之,不判孰是。

排一個誤解:以為這十四段是同一件事重複十四遍,讀一段即可類推。若如此,則澄觀不必逐處各下一釋。落到地上:讀這十四段,要同時看兩件事——它在整體序列中的高低,和它自己那一處的取義。

足下出長者·居士·婆羅門:萬行之首

第一處是足下,所出是長者、居士、婆羅門,所作是雨寶救貧、安慰苦惱。為什麼是足?澄觀給了兩義,說「足有二義:一最初故,多顯施行,萬行首故;二行住義,長者行之長故,居士得安處故,婆羅門淨行故,成就菩提是利行故」。

第一義是位次上的最初——十四處以足為首,故所現之行也是萬行之首,即布施。第二義是取「行」與「住」之義——長者是行中之長,居士得安住之處,婆羅門是淨行。

排一個誤解:以為布施排第一是因為它最容易。經文此段所雨者不止財物,末句是「成就無上菩提之道」——施到底是引人向道。落到地上:施若不通向道,就只是第一義的一半。

兩膝出剎帝利·婆羅門:屈申自在,故說愛語同事

第二處是兩膝,所出是剎帝利與婆羅門,所作是「愛語、同事攝諸眾生」,其下列貧者令足、病者令愈、危者令安、怖者令止、有憂苦者咸使快樂。

澄觀釋膝之取義,說「土田帝主屈申自在故。行由於膝,故出淨行。次前二攝故,說愛語同事」。三層:剎帝利是土田之主,取膝之屈申自在;行走由膝而發,故出婆羅門之淨行;而「次前二攝故」一語,是承前足下段已說之二攝而來——澄觀於足下段既言「多顯施行」,又言「成就菩提是利行故」,布施與利行二攝皆已在足下——故此處所說是其餘之愛語、同事。

排一個誤解:以為攝眾生就是給東西。此段所列五事,貧、病、危、怖、憂苦,只有第一項是財;其餘四項要靠人到場。落到地上:愛語與同事的分別在於,前者要說對話,後者要人在旁邊。

腰間出仙人:吐故納新之所

第三處是腰,所出是「等眾生數無量仙人」,或服草衣、或服樹皮衣,皆執澡瓶,於虛空中稱讚如來、演說諸法。

澄觀釋腰,說「三腰出仙人者,腰謂臍輪之下、氣海之間,是吐故納新、出仙之所故」,並記其梵名:「梵本云那髀曼陀羅,此云臍輪。」取義在於腰是調息之處,而仙人之道正以調息為本。

要留意此段所說之法有四層:清淨梵行、諸法無自性、世間言論軌則、一切智智出要方便。仙人形相在外,所說之法卻直到無自性與一切智智。排一個誤解:以為現外道之相就只能說外道之法。落到地上:相是就機而現,法仍是自家的。

兩脇出龍與龍女:旁生之所

第四處是兩脇,所出是不思議龍、不思議龍女,所作是雨十四種雲以為莊嚴供養。澄觀此處釋得極簡,只一句:「四脇出龍者,是旁生故。」脇在身之旁,龍是旁生之類,取其旁義。

李通玄則另取一義,說「表兩脇是覆蔭義故。於中出龍,雨潤眾生故」——脇是覆蔭,龍能降雨,故取潤義。二釋各有其軌。

排一個誤解:以為此段只是鋪陳莊嚴之相。所雨十四種雲,末後是「天身雲」「采女雲」,而其歸結在「諸佛道場而為供養,令諸眾生皆生歡喜」。落到地上:莊嚴之相在此不是自受用,是供佛與令眾生歡喜的兩件事。

胸前卐字出阿脩羅王:能生能滅憍慢之所

第五處是胸前卐字,所出是阿脩羅王,所作是現自在幻力,震動百世界、摧伏魔眾,令眾生捨憍慢、除怒害、破煩惱山。

澄觀釋此處,說「五於胸德相出脩羅者,胸是能生能滅憍慢幻術之所故,又明德相能降魔故」。兩義:胸是憍慢與幻術所由生、亦所由滅之處,故出以憍慢幻術著稱之阿脩羅;而卐字既是佛之德相,德相能降魔。李通玄取義稍別,說「胸是勇猛義,卐者清涼義故」。

後半之開悟,經文列十句,是一條上行之線:先「令滅罪惡」,除已作之惡;次「令怖生死」「令出諸趣」,於三界起厭離;次「令離染著」,於境不粘;至「令住無上菩提之心」,方轉入大乘;其下「令修一切諸菩薩行」「令住一切諸波羅蜜」「令入一切諸菩薩地」,是行·度·地三層遞進;末「令觀一切微妙法門」「令知一切諸佛方便」,則自行入解、自解入佛之方便。以幻力開悟而所開者是這十句——幻力只是入處,不是所住。

排一個誤解:以為現阿脩羅之相是以惡制惡。經文此段所作分明是兩橛:前半震動摧伏,後半「復以幻力,開悟眾生」。落到地上:以幻力所作,末後歸於「令住無上菩提之心」——手段可以是幻,所向不可是幻。

背上出聲聞·獨覺:背大乘故

第六處是背,所出是聲聞、獨覺,明標其由——「為應以二乘而得度者」。澄觀釋此處只四字:「六背出二乘者,背大乘故。」背在身後,二乘背於大乘,取其背義。李通玄同其方向而語更展,說「表背是背眾生之方所」。

此段之教學在其八對治:為著我者說無有我,為執常者說無常,為貪行者說不淨觀,為瞋行者說慈心觀,為癡行者說緣起觀,為等分行者說與智慧相應境界法,為樂著境界者說無所有法,為樂著寂靜處者說發大誓願普饒益一切眾生法。

排一個誤解:以為「背大乘」是貶。經文明說這是「為應以二乘而得度者」而出——所治之機在此,所出之相就在此。落到地上:末後兩句尤要看——樂著寂靜處者,說的是發大誓願;連耽寂也是要對治的病。

兩肩出夜叉·羅剎王:可畏而荷負

第七處是兩肩,所出是夜叉、羅剎王,形貌可怖,而所作是守護——守護行善眾生、賢聖菩薩眾會,或現作執金剛神守護諸佛及佛住處。

澄觀釋肩之二義,說「七肩出夜叉等者,肩是可畏勇力之所故,又是荷負之所故,為守護業」。可畏是就相說,荷負是就用說;可畏之相配可畏之眾,荷負之用配守護之業。

排一個誤解:以為可怖之相與護法之事相違。經文此段列「有怖畏者,令得安隱」——現可畏之相者,正是令人不畏之人。落到地上:此段末句是「捨生死輪轉正法輪」;守護不停在保平安,要轉到法輪上去。

腹出緊那羅·乾闥婆王:鼓腹絃歌之所

第八處是腹,所出是緊那羅王與乾闥婆王及其女眾,所作是奏天樂、歌詠讚歎。澄觀釋腹,說「八腹出緊那羅等者,鼓腹絃歌音樂之所故」——取腹為發聲鼓氣之處,故出樂神。

此段所歌者七事、所開示演說者七門,合十四句。歌詠之七:諸法實性、一切諸佛、發菩提心、修菩薩行、成正覺門、轉法輪門、現神變門。開示演說之七:般涅槃門、守護諸佛教門、令眾生歡喜門、嚴淨佛剎門、顯示微妙法門、捨離障礙門、發生善根門。

此十四句不止於列名。前七之「歌詠讚歎」,所歌者先是「諸法實性」,次是能證之「一切諸佛」,次是因地之「發菩提心」與「修菩薩行」,末三歌佛之三事——成正覺門、轉法輪門、現神變門;自法而人、自因而果、自果而用。後七之「開示演說」,則自佛之「般涅槃門」起,次「守護一切諸佛教門」,二者是法之滅與法之住;次「令一切眾生皆歡喜門」「嚴淨一切諸佛剎門」,是眾生與剎土二事;次「顯示一切微妙法門」,是所說之法;末「捨離一切諸障礙門」「發生一切諸善根門」,一除一生,收在眾生身上。所歌是所讚之境,所說是所行之門——歌以攝其樂欲,說以授其法門。

排一個誤解:以為音樂只堪讚歎、不堪說法。經文於此把「歌詠讚歎」與「開示演說」並列同段。落到地上:讚歎與說法在此是一事之兩面,前者攝其樂欲,後者授其法門。

面門出轉輪聖王:布十善令向佛法

第九處是面門,所出是轉輪聖王,七寶具足、四兵圍遶。澄觀釋此處,說「九面門出輪王者,布十善令向佛法故」,《演義鈔》復按此語,說「疏「布十善令向佛法故」者,經文自具,細尋可知」。

所謂經文自具,是說十善之目在經文中逐支排列:斷不與取、斷邪婬、不斷生命(不殺)、常真實語(不妄語)、不行離間(不兩舌)、無有麁惡(不惡口)、不作綺飾言辭(不綺語),下接除貪愛、除忿怒、拔邪見刺——身三、語四、意三,十支具足。

排一個誤解:以為輪王行十善是治世之政。澄觀之判有後半句——「令向佛法故」。落到地上:十善在此不是止於人天善報,是入佛法之階。

兩目出日輪:目等日照

第十處是兩目,所出是日輪,所作是照地獄惡趣令離苦、照世界中間令除黑暗、照十方眾生令捨愚癡翳障。澄觀釋之極簡:「十目出日輪,目等日照故。」目與日同是能照,取其等義。

此段最可觀者是其後半——垢濁國土放清淨光,白銀國土放黃金色光,黃金國土放白銀色光,如是瑠璃與玻瓈、硨磲與碼碯、帝青與日藏摩尼王、赤真珠與月光網藏摩尼王,兩兩互放;末以「一寶所成國土放種種寶色光,種種寶所成國土放一寶色光」收。

排一個誤解:以為光要隨所依之質。經文此處偏偏交錯而放,正是要顯所照不隨所依。落到地上:末句一與多互放,是這一段真正的落點。

眉間白毫出帝釋:地居中最尊勝

第十一處是眉間白毫相,所出是帝釋,皆於境界而得自在。澄觀釋此處三義,說「十一眉間出帝釋者,於地居中最尊勝故,中道般若化眾生故,令離五欲得淨法故」。眉間居兩目之中,故取中道;帝釋是地居天之主,故取最尊勝。

此段所作分兩節:先是六力——歎福德力、說智慧力、生其樂力、持其志力、淨其念力、堅其所發菩提心力;後是三讚三令——讚樂見佛令除世欲、讚樂聞法令厭世境、讚樂觀智令絕世染。

三讚三令之後,經文續列六行,是此處所作之末節:「止脩羅戰」止外諍,「斷煩惱諍」斷內諍;「滅怖死心」除其畏,「發降魔願」起其願;「興立正法須彌山王」建法之高,「成辦眾生一切事業」成生之事。六行兩兩成偶,各有內外·除起·法生之對。前之六力是所與之力,此之六行是所作之事——有力而後有事。

排一個誤解:以為天主之所化仍在天樂。經文三讚所對治者,正是欲、境、染三事。落到地上:這一段的取義在「中道般若」四字——白毫在兩目之間,正是不落兩邊之表。

額上出梵天:稽顙請法之所

第十二處是額,所出是梵天,色相端嚴、威儀寂靜、言音美妙,所作是「勸佛說法,歎佛功德」。澄觀釋額之二義,說「十二額出梵王者,梵王超欲故次於眉上,又是稽顙請法之所故」。

第一義是位次之義——梵天超出欲界,故其位次於眉間之帝釋(地居天主)之上。第二義是取相之義——額是稽顙叩地之處,而梵天之事正是請佛說法。

排一個誤解:以為此段最短故最輕。這一處所現之事,經文列四——勸佛說法、歎佛功德、令諸菩薩悉皆歡喜、能辦眾生無量事業——而以請法居首。而佛法之得住世,正繫於有人請。落到地上:十四處中唯此處以「請」為業,是全段中一個不可少的位置。

頭上出菩薩眾:說十度行

第十三處是頭,所出是無量佛剎微塵數諸菩薩眾,放無邊光,說種種行。澄觀釋之,說「十三頭出菩薩者,最上首故。說十度行,並顯可知」。頭是身之最上首,故出菩薩;而所說判為十度之行。

經文自標其名者六:讚歎布施、稱揚讚歎持戒功德、說忍辱力、歎精進行、讚歎禪波羅蜜、演說般若波羅蜜。其後四段經文不出度名而事相分明——演說隨順世間種種所作、示現神通變化說壽命自在令發大誓願、演說四力、演說四智。

後四段雖不出度名,其事相不可略過。其一演說隨順世間種種所作,令眾生「雖離生死,而於諸趣自在受生」;其二示現神通變化,說壽命自在,令發大誓願;其三演說四力,其四演說四智,經文逐一明出:四力是「成就總持力」「出生大願力」「淨治三昧力」「自在受生力」,四智是「普知眾生諸根智」「普知一切心行智」「普知如來十力智」「普知諸佛自在智」。力就所能說,智就所知說;四力四智各為一度,四十本即分列力波羅蜜與智波羅蜜。

排一個誤解:以為六度說完就完了。此段之末是四智,而四智之末是「普知諸佛自在智」。落到地上:十度之行以智收尾,前九度不到智,就還在半路。

頂上出如來身:尊極無上

第十四處是頂,所出是如來身,「其身無等,諸相隨好,清淨莊嚴」,為一切世間普雨法雨。澄觀釋之只五字之義:「十四頂出佛者,尊極無上故。」頂是身之極,故所出是佛。

澄觀又判此一段之文為三,說「文中三:初總顯所出身語之相、次「所謂」下別彰法雨不同、後「如是」下一句總結」。總相是身與語兩事——身則威光赫奕,語則出妙音聲充滿法界;別相即下文三十二種法雨;末以「如是所作,充滿法界」一句收。

排一個誤解:以為十四處到此是最高處,故最不可解。其實此段最有次第——身語之總、法雨之別、一句之結,三分分明。落到地上:讀此段先分三分,再讀三十二別,就不會被數目淹沒。

三十二種法雨:前十二為菩薩,其中十者即十住

頂上所出佛身別彰法雨,澄觀計其數並判其屬,說「就別彰法雨中,總有三十二種,前十二法雨為菩薩、餘為雜類」。前十二之首與末,各有所屬:首一普知平等,澄觀判其得三等而「轉成妙覺」;末一則說「十二即十信菩薩」。

中間十者,澄觀明指其位,說「二「普門法雨者」下十法雨,即十住者」,並釋其所以——「圓教位中十住位滿便成佛故,此前更無別位。此約以位攝位,非一乘宗,餘無此說。」又說此十皆是勸學勝進,「十法已住自分,勸勝進故」。

前十二逐項,澄觀各繫一義,無一從略。首一是道場菩薩之普知平等,澄觀釋其「略有三等」——始覺同本、等諸佛、生佛一性,得此三等而「則轉成妙覺」。中十者即十住,逐位逆數而上,句句皆勸勝進:灌頂位之入普門,是「三世等十種智慧」,而「勸佛灌頂令其進修」;法王子位之普莊嚴,是「令普學法王善巧等,為莊嚴故」;童子位之堅固山,是「令學知剎動剎等,皆無能壞,最高出故」;不退位之海藏,是「令學說一即多、說多即一等十種廣大深法,故名海藏」;成就正心位之普境界,是「令學一切法無相無體等,既一切皆然,名普境界」;方便具足位之自性門,是「知眾生無邊,乃至知眾生無自性,皆是自性門」;生貴位之隨順世間,是「了知圓滿三世佛法皆是隨順世間故」;修行位之普悲愍,是「遍觀察眾生界等為悲愍故」;新學之積集藏,是「誦習多聞虛閑寂靜,近善知識等,皆為積集包藏於法行故」,而所以名新學,是「創治心地」;初發心之攝眾生,是「令其勤供養佛,主導世間為攝眾生」。末一信解之無盡境界普現前,澄觀判為「十信菩薩」,其義是「令普緣如來及普賢無盡境界而生信心,分明現前進入位故」。首一屬妙覺、末一屬十信,中十正當十住——三十二法雨之前十二,其骨如此。

要看的是這十句之序:灌頂位、法王子位、童子位、不退位、成就正心位、方便具足位、生貴位、修行位、新學、初發心——自上而下逆數。而海幢自身所寄,澄觀科之為「第六海幢,寄正心住」,正當其中「成就正心位」一句。

排一個誤解:以為法雨隨位而降是各給各的。澄觀說得明白,這十法都是「勸學」與「勝進」——不是安慰已到之位,是催其向上。落到地上:位次在此不是資歷,是被勸的起點。

後二十法雨為雜類:逐類各有所治

後二十法雨普為人天雜類,澄觀逐一釋其所治,二十皆有其釋,無一從略。色界眾生之普門,是「總為色界眾生捨外住內,令得心境無礙」;梵天之普藏,是「偏語初禪,以宿習多慈而偏己眷屬,今令慈普,含福無窮」;自在天之生力,是「即他化自在天轉世自在,生十力自在」;魔眾之心幢,是「就他化中分出魔眾,魔好摧他自高,今令得慈心法幢,摧其邪慢」;化樂天之淨念,是「隨念化樂,但污自心故,轉令淨念」;兜率天之生意,是「雖於世樂知足,宜生出世之意」;夜摩天之歡喜,是「世樂時時稱快,不及法喜之歡」;忉利天之疾莊嚴虛空界,是「地居之極,羨空居為勝,不及福智嚴法性空」;夜叉之歡喜,是「夜叉性多暴害,故令歡喜於含生」;乾闥婆之金剛輪,是「以彼善奏樂音,上德聲聞亦為摧壞,今令得金剛智,無所不摧、無不圓滿」;阿脩羅之大境界,是「彼恃大身而生憍慢,令見法身稱法界境」;迦樓羅之無邊光明,是「彼以淨眼觀海意欲吞龍,令以慈眼智光遍照機感」;緊那羅之一切世間殊勝智,是「隨彼善歌,令得即空涉有殊勝世智」;人王之無樂著,是「人王著樂,故偏對治」;龍之歡喜幢,是「龍多恚毒,故為說喜」,又「有熱沙等怖,說法幢能摧」;摩睺羅伽之大休息,是「蟒多毒害,又為蟲唼食無休故,說內休毒心,外苦休息」;地獄眾生之正念莊嚴,是「身受無邊苦,心念無邊惡,若以正念三寶為嚴,則頓脫眾苦」;畜生之智慧藏,是「畜生多癡故」;閻羅王界之無畏,是「焰魔鬼卒互相怖畏,乃至王身亦有熱鐵鎔銅等怖故」;厄難處之普安慰,是「所謂八難,及在人間獄囚繫閉等,而多不安,故普安慰,悉令得入賢聖眾會,翻彼難處」。

二十句之中,有二處澄觀特為分別。其一是夜叉之歡喜與夜摩之歡喜同名而異義,他說「此約對治明喜,前夜摩天約隨便宜」——一是就病而立,一是就宜而與。其二是龍之歡喜幢兼二事,喜對其恚毒,幢對其熱沙之怖;一名之中而二義俱在。

排一個誤解:以為對治是壓制。看澄觀釋魔眾一句——不是奪其摧他之力,是「令得慈心法幢」,仍是幢、仍能摧,所摧者改成自己的邪慢。落到地上:對治之法多是轉向,不是斷絕。

毛孔光明網:一句收前十四處

十四處說完,經文以一句總收:海幢比丘又於其身一切毛孔,一一皆出阿僧祇佛剎微塵數光明網,一一光明網具阿僧祇色相、莊嚴、境界、事業。澄觀於此只判其位而不釋其相,說「二總顯毛孔光明業用,可知。上來見定相用竟」。

為什麼要有這一句?前十四處是「別明身分作用處別」,處處不同;此一句是「總顯」,不再分處。李通玄讀此句取義在遍,說「表全身總是法界般若波羅蜜妙慧三空無礙解脫,教眾生之光重重無盡故」。

排一個誤解:以為此句只是收尾的客套。前十四處各有取義,故各有分限;此句以毛孔為量,則無一處不出、無一處不同。落到地上:別相顯機宜之別,總相顯無一處不是。

善財看了什麼:瞻敬證入之十句

善財看的不是熱鬧。經文「一心觀察海幢比丘,深生渴仰」以下九句思惟,合前一句共十。澄觀判其內分甚細,說「初句思人證人法界、餘句思法證法法界」,又於餘九中分:「初一句總,謂三昧是體、解脫是用,體用合明。二別思彼體。次二句別思彼用,一益生廣多;二無思普遍,即用而寂故。次二句思前體用所因,一內智淨故、二外緣加故。後三句思其勝進。」

依此判,善財所思之序是:先思人,次總思體用,次別思體,次思二種用(利益眾生方便海是廣多,無作用普莊嚴門是無思普遍),次思二種所因(莊嚴法界清淨智是內、受佛加持智是外),末思三種勝進(自在力、大願力、諸行力)。

排一個誤解:以為看善知識就是仰慕。這十句沒有一句是感歎,句句是分析——體是什麼、用有幾種、所因在內在外、勝進向何處。落到地上:真正的瞻敬有結構,看得出結構才叫證入。

六月六日:為什麼是這個數

善財就這樣站著,經一日一夜、七日七夜、半月、一月,乃至六月,復經六日。澄觀繫此數於位與度,說「六月六日者,第六住中滿第六度故、以法味資神故,身心都忘不覺時久」——六月表第六住,六日表第六度,而所以不覺時久,是「以法味資神」。

李通玄則逐節配之,所配與澄觀不同:一日一夜明檀波羅蜜,七日七夜明七支戒,半月明忍波羅蜜(「以明忍但自益,不益於人故,半月表之」),一月明精進(「以明精進自利利他故」),六月是第六住,復經六日是第六波羅蜜。二說並存,各有其軌。

排一個誤解:以為這是寫善財有耐心。經文列的是遞增之序——一日、七日、半月、一月、六月、六日,是次第,不是久暫。落到地上:站著看六月又六日而「身心都忘」,靠的不是忍,是法味。

出定之後的十句總讚

海幢從三昧出,善財才開口。第一段是十句總讚,句句以「如此三昧」起:最為甚深、最為廣大、境界無量、神力難思、光明無等、莊嚴無數、威力難制、境界平等、普照十方、利益無限。

澄觀判此段之結構,說「先讚、後問。今初,分二:初標讚深勝、後「以能除滅」下出讚所因」。十句是標,其下二十句是因。

智儼數此段之讚為十一句,說「初十一句歎定德」,其下方是歎其作用;澄觀則作十句而以「以能除滅」以下為所因。十與十一之差在斷句之處,二家各存其分。

排一個誤解:以為讚歎是禮貌之詞。這十句每一句都指著善財剛剛親眼所見的一段——境界無量對應十四處,普照十方對應日輪與法雨,威力難制對應阿脩羅之震動摧伏。落到地上:讚要從所見出,不從所聞出;讚不出來,就是還沒看見。

讚所因二十句:從離貧苦到安住一切智智

十句總讚之後,經文以「所謂」領起二十句所因,皆以「故」結。其序自粗至細:離貧苦、出地獄、免畜生、閉諸難門、開人天道、令人天喜樂、令愛樂禪境界、增長有為樂、顯示出有樂、引發菩提心、增長福智行、增長大悲心、生起大願力、明了菩薩道、莊嚴究竟智、趣入大乘境、照了普賢行、證得諸菩薩地智光明、成就一切菩薩諸願行、安住一切智智境界中。

澄觀於其中兩句特下一注,說「其中云能令增長有為樂者,不捨有為故。出有樂者,不染有故。又上句為凡夫,次句為二乘。下云引發菩提,即為大器」。三句三機,分得極清。

排一個誤解:以為「增長有為樂」是不了義而應略過。澄觀說得明白,這一句所繫是「不捨有為」——與下句「不染有」正是一對。落到地上:這二十句是一條完整的階梯,不可從中間開始讀。

三昧之三名:從智立·雙就境智·雙融

善財問名,海幢答三名:普眼捨得、般若波羅蜜境界清淨光明、普莊嚴清淨門。澄觀判三名各有所依,說「有三名者,初一從智立、次一雙就境智、後一雙融境智立名」。

第一名之釋:「般若之智照一切法故名普眼,皆無所得故云捨得。」澄觀即以無所得釋此捨得二字,說「若有所得,不能即寂而用;以無所得即無所不得」。其下復敘古來一解——「昔云障無不寂曰捨,理無不證曰得」——而自下一判:「非無此理,而未造玄。」舊解非無道理,只是未到玄處。法藏就六十本於同一二字別作一解,說「障無不盡云捨,理無不證名得」。三說並在:澄觀之立義、古人之舊解、法藏之別解,而明判唯下於古人之說。第二名是境智合稱,「般若清淨故境界清淨」。第三名是雙融,「般若了境,無境非般若,何所不嚴」,並引《智論》云「說智及智處,俱名為般若。」

排一個誤解:以為善財已修入了何必再問名。澄觀先設此難,再自解,說「其猶世人得大王饍,雖飡勝味,何必知名」——味與名本是二事。落到地上:問名不為認知,為的是把所證安放在教法的位置上。

善財再問:究竟只有這樣嗎

善財第二問極短:「聖者!此三昧境界究竟唯如是耶?」為什麼還要問?澄觀釋此問之由,說「問云唯如是者,上所目覩,頗已修入視聽之外,更希異聞」——所見已多,所以更想知道所見之外還有什麼。

而海幢之答,澄觀判其性質,說「後答中皆示上來之所不及」——所答的,全是前面看不見的那一分。

排一個誤解:以為這一問是不滿足。前一問問名,是要安放已見;此一問問用,是要探所未見。落到地上:善財兩問的分別很清楚——第一問對著已經見到的,第二問對著視聽之所未及的。

答用二十二句:三個世間,都無所障礙

海幢答用,二十二句,句句以「無所障礙」結。澄觀判其文為三,正是三世間之分,說「於中三:初明於器世間無礙、次「見一切佛」下於智正覺世間無礙、後「大悲攝受」下於眾生世間無礙」,並補一句「其中見佛,亦為攝生故」。

依此判,前六句是器世間——了知、往詣、超過、莊嚴、修治、嚴淨一切世界;中十句是智正覺世間——見佛、觀佛威德、知佛神力、證佛廣大力、入佛功德海、受佛妙法、於佛法中修妙行、證佛轉法輪平等智、入佛眾會道場海、觀十方佛法;後六句是眾生世間——大悲攝受、常起大慈、見佛心無厭足、入眾生海、知眾生根海、知眾生諸根差別智。

法藏就六十本亦作三世間之分,而其數是二十三句:「初六句明於器世間自在」「下十一句明於智正覺世間自在」「下六句明於眾生世間自在」。六·十一·六與八十本之六·十·六,中間一句之差;李通玄則就八十本明說「為說二十二種無障礙法」。三家之數各繫其所依之本,誌錄不判。

排一個誤解:以為「無所障礙」是能力之誇說。二十二句所列的動詞是了知、往詣、莊嚴、見、證、入、受、攝——皆是行事之詞。落到地上:無礙不是不受限,是在這三個場域裡做事而不被擋住。

謙己推勝:我只知道這一個

答用之後,海幢立即說「善男子!我唯知此一般若波羅蜜三昧光明」。這是本會善友多有之一段。澄觀判其結構,說「第三謙己推勝中,初謙己知一;後「如諸」下推勝,中二:先舉彼所知、後「而我」下顯不能測」。

法藏就此類文字歸納出兩種,說「然諸文仰推有二類:一即於自己法門之內更有深細,非己能知,即如此文及前位等;二推異類法門非己能知」。法藏自舉之例為「此文及前位等」,其下復云「上下諸文皆此應知」,未別指海幢屬何類。二類之分如此,誌錄不判。

推勝之文分二截,各有其數。先舉彼所知,經文列十事:「入智慧海」「淨法界境」「達一切趣」「遍無量剎」「總持自在」「三昧清淨」「神通廣大」「辯才無盡」「善說諸地」「為眾生依」——自智之體而境、而所遍之趣與剎、而所持之總持與三昧、而所用之神通與辯才、而所說之諸地,末歸於為眾生之所依。次顯己不能,經文列十一事:知其妙行、辨其功德、了其所行、明其境界、究其願力、入其要門、達其所證、說其道分、住其三昧、見其心境、得其所有平等智慧——動詞自「知」而「得」,末一「得其所有平等智慧」以平等智慧收之。彼德十事、己不能十一事,其數不等,不必強配。

法藏於此復分三節:初一句總、次別、三結不能知,並說「以積行成德行尚不知,況所成德」——連積行所成之行尚且不知,何況行所成之德。智儼則於此特設一問:「菩薩既有具德,何須仰推?」自答二意——「一寄位不相,是故須推也;二寄三昧門別,發生勝欲故也。」一是寄位之故,一是發欲之故:推勝不只是禮數,是寄位法門自身的要求。

排一個誤解:以為這是客套的自謙。若是自謙,何必接著列十一句「而我何能知其妙行,辨其功德……」——每一句都指出一個具體的不能。落到地上:知道自己知的是哪一個,比知道得多更難。

指示後友:處名海潮,園名普莊嚴,友名休捨

海幢指示善財往南,示三名:住處海潮、園林普莊嚴、優婆夷休捨。澄觀於三名各有釋。處名海潮,他先說「但言有處,則猶是前國」,再釋其義:「言海潮者,謂潮所至處,顯方便就機不過限故。」潮有其至處與不至處,正表方便之應機有分限。又補一義:「亦將入生死海以濟物故。」

園名普莊嚴,澄觀分約相與約表:「約相,廣有眾嚴故;約表,以生死為園苑,萬行為莊嚴故。」友名休捨,他傳三譯:「此云意樂,亦云希望,亦云滿願,謂隨眾生意樂希望得圓滿故。」

澄觀釋處名海潮,還有一句要緊的話:「顯方便行不離般若故。」《演義鈔》申其所以,說「既了俗由證真,故說後得,明不離也」——方便是後得之智,後得之所以不離般若,正因了俗之能來自證真;離了證真而說了俗,便不是後得。澄觀又說海潮者「能知三世佛法海故」,因此上一節之法門乃名「海藏」;鈔於此牒本經他處之文為證:此菩薩應勸學十種廣大法,其法列為五對——「說一即多、說多即一」是一與多一對,「文隨於義、義隨於文」是文與義一對,「非有即有、有即非有」是有與非有一對,「無相即相、相即無相」是相與無相一對,「無性即性、性即無性」是性與無性一對。五對皆兩頭互即,所以名為廣大法海,而「海藏」之名即由此立。

而何以此位是比丘、後位是優婆夷,澄觀直下一語:「前般若了真故寄比丘,此以慈心方便入俗故寄優婆夷矣。」寄位之判是澄觀承古德之科,非經文自標。落到地上:從比丘到優婆夷這一轉,是從了真轉到入俗。

戀德禮辭:他從這一位得到了什麼

末段是善財之辭。經文先列所得——得堅固身、獲妙法財、入深境界、智慧明徹、三昧照耀、住清淨解、見甚深法、心安住諸清淨門、智慧光明充滿十方;次列所行之禮——五體投地、頂禮其足、遶無量匝、恭敬瞻仰;末列所持——持其名號、想其容止、念其音聲、思其三昧及彼大願所行境界、受其智慧清淨光明。

澄觀於本節之科止於指示後友,此段未別立科目。

排一個誤解:以為戀德禮辭是套語。此段所持者五事,其序是名號、容止、音聲、三昧與大願境界、智慧清淨光明——自外相而入內證。落到地上:離開一位善知識時帶走什麼,決定了他在你身上還算不算善知識。

承衍

本節之文,向下所開之流有五條線。

其一是位攝位之線。法藏《華嚴經旨歸》以本節為例,說十住等中各攝諸位皆具二門。所謂二門,旨歸自標其名:一是「全位相是門」,即一位全然就是一切位,故「十信滿處即便成佛」;二是「諸位相資門」,即一位之中具有一切位,「如十信中有十住乃至十地」。前者說即,後者說具:即則無位次可分,具則位位互資——同是攝位,而一自橫說、一自豎說。澄觀於三十二法雨中判十法雨即十住,並說此約以位攝位。二家所立同一機軸——一位之中攝一切位,這是華嚴一系讀本節最要緊的一句。

其二是聲聞簡別之線。法藏《華嚴一乘教義分齊章》論第九會何以有聲聞在座,其正文所說者,是文殊出會外所攝之六千比丘非前所引之眾,此等皆已在三乘之中,令其迴向一乘;而別本於同一處另存一讀,謂此非彼聲聞,當如海幢比丘等而準之——是以海幢背上所出之聲聞為簡別之準。正文所指者是文殊出會外所攝之六千比丘,異讀所指者是海幢背上所出之聲聞,二讀所指不同;而其上下文屬他段議論,非釋本節;二讀並錄,不判孰是。

其三是諸家異釋之線,各有其軌,誌錄不判。本節之科,澄觀標「文但有五」,而其釋文之內逐一別標其名者四——念教趣求、見敬諮問(中分先見敬、後諮問,其後半即所謂「第二正明諮問」)、謙己推勝、指示後友;末段之第五科,澄觀於此節釋文內未別標其名,據實記之,不代為補。法藏就六十本於三昧正受下別開七門,智儼作三段而於正證中復開五,李通玄則於本段經文逐字圈定其起訖而「約分為五門」,昇進別開五門,並就身出眾海立二十三種法門。海幢之釋名,法藏傳古人二說,一云定深如海智勝若幢,一云定身獨出名幢業用繁多云海;李通玄則說「明約以德智慧如海,能破眾生業惑處,名之為幢。幢者,摧壞義故」。定體之判,澄觀通取滅受想定與第四禪二解,李通玄則直說「非同二乘作寂滅證也」而不分二定。六月六日之表,澄觀繫第六住滿第六度一義,李通玄逐節配六目。答用之句數,李通玄稱為二十二種無障礙法。李通玄又別就主伴立說,謂此位「般若波羅蜜為主,餘九為伴」,而主伴之治有二門:「以約智門中,諸位通治」,就智門說則諸位通治其病;「第六波羅蜜偏治世間出世間寂用不自在障」,就位門說則此一度偏治寂用不自在之障。他又指出此位之慈悲有其分限——「但得無染行清淨之慈,不得同眾生行等眾生事一無有違」——故次位乃以優婆夷表入俗之慈,而此位以比丘表出世無染之慈。此諸異釋皆古德成說。

其四是滅盡定之判的一線,出智儼。《華嚴經孔目章》之〈滅盡定章〉分滅盡定為三:一乘、三乘、小乘。其判一乘之義,即以本節為證,說「如海幢比丘入滅盡定。即自身上放法界身雲利益眾生」——即自身之體而成用,不待變作異身;三乘則「於自身上。不說成用。變作異身」,須假異身方成利他之用;小乘則「無俱行利他之相」,並俱行利他之相亦無。三判之別正在能否即體成用,而本節十四處出眾遍法界作業,正是即體成用之樣。智儼於同章復分體與得位二義:體者,一乘之滅定以法界為體,三乘之定體即真如實性;得位者,若約小乘之位,十二人得,圓教則六位得,若約初教直進等迴心則同第七地得,若熟教等迴心即依圓教別十地之位相,第八地得彼一乘滅盡定——其故在三乘滅盡定先已得。是故各教之得位皆繫其條件而說,非一概而論。

其五是三譯互見之線。本節於四十本亦全存,而與八十本互有出入:所至之聚落,四十本作「無垢聚落」;入定之後,四十本別立一段總標身雲之緣,八十本無之;背上二乘之對治,四十本作九對,多於八十本之八對;頭上所說十度,八十本六度出名而後四段不出度名,四十本則十度逐一明標,其文廣於八十本數倍;毛孔光網一段,四十本更開一段,令善財於光網中見海幢往昔所修十度之行,亦八十本所無;三昧第三名,四十本作「平等清淨普莊嚴門」,多二字;後友之名,四十本不作休捨,而作王之夫人伊舍那優婆夷,園名則同是普莊嚴。三十二法雨之中,受法者亦有異——八十本首一天眾作色界眾生,四十本則作無色界諸天,非但所雨之名加廣,所被之機亦異。三本各存其舊,不以彼改此。

一節之文,前半是看,後半是問。看了六月又六日才問得出那兩句話——這一節的次第,全在這一個『才』字上。

When Sudhana Arrived, This Good Friend Did Not Open His Mouth

With the previous five good friends, Sudhana could ask when he arrived and could obtain an answer. By the time he came to the sixth, the monk Ocean Banner, the case had changed: when Sudhana arrived, the man was already within concentration—“entered within samādhi, apart from the breathing out and in, without any separate thought or awareness, his body settled and unmoving.” There was no asking to be done, and he could only stand and look. For how long? Six months and six days more.

A misunderstanding has to be set aside: this is not that Sudhana had bad luck and came at a bad time. Of the three thousand nine hundred characters of this whole section, more than half write out just this ‘looking’—what he saw was that at fourteen places upon the body in concentration measureless assemblies came forth, and throughout the Dharma realm they did their work. That is to say, the way this good friend confers the Dharma is to let a man look at his concentration. When Chengguan outlines this section he marks this point out by itself, saying that this stretch is “slightly different from what has come before, in that one sees at once the substance and function of his entering concentration”—what is unlike the several before is that Sudhana first sees the substance and function and only afterward asks the name.

Brought down to the ground: in reading this section, if one only waits to read the dialogue, one will feel that the first two thousand words and more are preparation. In fact they are the main text.

Holding in Mind the Teaching of the Previous Good Friend: Why He Must Keep Holding It in Mind upon the Road

This section does not begin with walking; it begins with holding in mind. Sudhana “with a single mind rightly held in mind that elder's teaching, observed that elder's teaching,” and then eleven sentences of “that inconceivable”—the gate of liberation, the light of wisdom, the gate of the Dharma realm, the gate of universal entering, the spiritual transformation of the Tathāgatas, the universal entering into the Buddha-fields, the adornment of the powers of the Buddhas, the division and station of the objective realm of samādhi and liberation, the ultimate absence of obstruction among the differing worlds, the firm and deep mind, and the pure work of great vows.

These eleven sentences are not one and the same sentence told eleven times. Each carries a verb of its own, and the verbs themselves make a sequence: first he “holds in mind” the gate of liberation, which is to keep what has been gained; next he “ponders” the light of wisdom, which is to turn upon what has been kept; next he “enters deeply” into the gate of the Dharma realm and “turns toward” the gate of universal entering, which is to enter by pondering and to turn by entering; next he “sees clearly” the spiritual transformations of the Tathāgatas, “understands” the universal entering into the Buddha-fields, and “distinguishes” the adornment of the powers of the Buddhas, where what is seen grows wider and its differences grow finer; next he “ponders” again the division and station of the objective realm of samādhi and liberation and “fully reaches” the ultimate absence of obstruction among the differing worlds, which is to mark off stations and absence of obstruction within that width; and last he “cultivates” the firm and deep mind and “gives rise to” the pure work of great vows, where understanding comes down into practice and vow. What is held in mind is throughout the Dharma of the previous good friend, and yet the holding in mind has its own shallow and deep—this is the sequence a mind ought to have upon the road.

Why hold it in mind in this way? Because what the previous Elder Liberation showed was an objective realm of the “inconceivable”; an inconceivable objective realm cannot be understood on the spot by listening, but only by being carried the whole way along. Fazang outlines this stretch very finely, saying “in the holding in mind, the first two sentences are the general; the ten below are the particulars,” and he judges their order to be the wisdom that enters, the principle that is realized, the virtue that is gathered, and the function that is aroused, then four sentences of fully knowing the ocean of fields, and the last two sentences of receiving and holding the practice of vows.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that study by visiting is a changing of the subject at each station. The sequence of the sūtra text is precisely the reverse—what was gained at the previous station is the provision for walking to the next. Brought down to the ground: what one holds in mind upon that stretch of road after leaving a good friend decides what one will be able to see when one reaches the next.

The Mark of Seeing Him in Concentration: The Side of the Walking Ground Is a Place of Movement

When Sudhana found the man, he saw him “seated cross-legged at the side of the walking ground.” The walking ground is a place for walking about, and yet he sat there in concentration, unmoving. Chengguan set down two layers of turning words upon just this sentence, saying “further, the side of the walking ground is a place of movement. That he has extinguished thought and awareness signifies that it is at once movement and stillness. And that it says ‘the side’ is that he does not abide in walking.”

Within one sentence there are two senses: to sit in a place of movement and be still is to be at once moving and still; to sit at the ‘side’ and not upon the path is not to abide in walking. Put together, this is the doctrine that this good friend would show—that stillness and function are not two stretches of time. Li Tongxuan reads this sentence in the same direction and his words are more direct, saying “it signifies that stillness and function are sovereign; since the walking ground is function and samādhi is stillness, it signifies that upon function there is stillness.”

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that entering concentration is to put the world down for a stretch of time. If it were so, then sitting in a quiet room would be right—why sit at the edge of the walking path? Brought down to the ground: to examine one's own stillness, one need not look at how long one sits; look at whether it can be parted from that road one walks upon.

Which Kind of Concentration Is This: Chengguan Takes Two Readings Together

“Apart from the breathing out and in, without any separate thought or awareness” is the description of the mark of concentration; then what concentration is this? Chengguan sets down no sole judgment, but takes two readings together. One is the concentration of the cessation of feeling and perception—he says “one is the concentration of the cessation of feeling and perception, that is, without any separate thought or awareness, the seven evolving consciousnesses already stilled, the eighth consciousness alone sustaining the body, and because of the power of the vow of the preparatory practice before the concentration, it causes the many workings to arise from the body in concentration”; the other is the fourth dhyāna—“the second is the fourth dhyāna, because the arousing of function mostly relies upon it,” the reason being that in the fourth dhyāna there is no breathing out and in and no thought or examination, and that the arousing of function mostly relies upon this concentration.

Now the concentration of extinction ought not of itself to arouse function, and just here Chengguan cites a scripture as evidence, saying that the Jingming says “not rising from the concentration of extinction and yet manifesting the many bearings,” and judges “this is precisely it.” And he adds a layer of gloss upon the round teaching: “if it be within the round teaching, because it fuses and gathers the Dharma realm sovereign and unobstructed, its working is without a fixed quarter and has never given rise to a thought.”

Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle text, judges the substance of the concentration by first setting up the substance—“his body is settled and unmoving, his mind still and without awareness; the seven evolving consciousnesses are already stilled, and the eighth alone sustains the body”—and yet he does not stop there, but goes on to make clear by two senses whence the workings come: first, by the power of the vow in the preparatory practice before the concentration, which “causes the many workings of karma to arise upon the body in concentration”; second, that if it be within the round teaching, the fusing and gathering in of the Dharma realm being sovereign and unobstructed, “the workings are without fixed direction and yet no thought has ever arisen.” Chengguan takes two readings together, while Fazang first sets up the substance of the concentration and after that makes clear its workings: each house keeps its own track.

Brought down to the ground: this stretch is the key to the whole section. The fourteen places from which assemblies come forth below look like a display of spiritual powers, but in fact they are playing out one matter—that where stillness is utter, function does not wait to be aroused.

The General Mark of the Assemblies Coming Forth from Fourteen Places: From Below Upward, Growing Ever More Surpassing

From here on the sūtra text has fourteen stretches, thirteen of them beginning with “from his” such and such a place, and the one stretch of the svastika mark beginning with “from the breast.” Chengguan judges these fourteen stretches in general, saying “in the first, in all there are fourteen places whose workings are not the same. Stated in terms of the general mark, from below upward they grow gradually more surpassing. In the particular, each signifies something different.”

This one judgment gives two measuring rods. One is the rod of the general mark: the soles of the feet, the two knees, the waist … on to the head and the crown, which is the body from below upward; and the assemblies that come forth likewise rise from the worthy men of the world up to the body of a Tathāgata, the two orders answering to each other. The other is the rod of the particular mark: each place has its own sense taken from it, and one sense may not be run through them all.

As to the number, the three houses differ. Fazang likewise counts fourteen, his words reading “in all there are fourteen gates,” and he judges the sense of the first place to be “making clear that at the beginning of cultivation giving is taken for the head”; Zhiyan makes it fifteen places, saying “the light of the body has fifteen places, and the transforming of those Tathāgatas is upon the crown alone.” The difference between fourteen and fifteen does not lie in the sūtra text having more or less, but in the differing ways of dividing the places—it is recorded, and which is right is not judged.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that these fourteen stretches are one and the same matter repeated fourteen times, so that reading one stretch lets one infer the rest. If it were so, Chengguan would not have needed to set down a gloss at each place. Brought down to the ground: in reading these fourteen stretches, two things must be seen at once—where it stands high or low within the whole sequence, and the sense taken from that one place of its own.

From the Soles of the Feet Come Elders · Householders · Brahmins: The Head of the Myriad Practices

The first place is the soles of the feet; what comes forth are elders, householders, and brahmins; what is done is the raining of jewels to rescue the poor and the comforting of the suffering and afflicted. Why the feet? Chengguan gives two senses, saying “the foot has two senses: one, that it is the very first, and it mostly displays the practice of giving, being the head of the myriad practices; two, the sense of walking and abiding, the elder being the elder of walking, the householder obtaining a place to dwell securely, the brahmin being pure in practice, and the accomplishing of awakening being the practice of benefit.”

The first sense is the very first in order of place—of the fourteen places the foot is the head, and so the practice manifested there is likewise the head of the myriad practices, which is giving. The second sense takes the senses of ‘walking’ and ‘abiding’—the elder is the elder among those who walk, the householder obtains a place to abide, and the brahmin is one of pure practice.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that giving stands first because it is the easiest. What is rained down in this stretch of the sūtra text is not wealth and goods only; the last sentence is “to accomplish the path of unsurpassed awakening”—giving in the end is a drawing of men toward the path. Brought down to the ground: if giving does not run through toward the path, it is only half of the first sense.

From the Two Knees Come Kṣatriyas · Brahmins: Bending and Stretching at Will, and Therefore Kindly Speech and Shared Work

The second place is the two knees; what come forth are kṣatriyas and brahmins; what is done is “with kindly speech and with shared work they gathered beings in,” and below it are listed the poor caused to be filled, the sick caused to be healed, those in danger caused to be secure, those in fear caused to be stilled, and those who have grief and suffering all caused to be happy.

Chengguan glosses the sense taken from the knee, saying “the lord of the land and the fields bends and stretches at will. Walking proceeds from the knee, and so pure practice comes forth. It follows next upon the two gatherings before, and so it tells of kindly speech and shared work.” Three layers: the kṣatriya is the lord of the land and the fields, taking the knee's bending and stretching at will; walking is set going by the knee, and so the pure practice of the brahmin comes forth; and the words “it follows next upon the two gatherings before” carry on from the two gatherings already told at the soles of the feet—for at the soles Chengguan has said both “it chiefly displays the practice of giving” and “accomplishing awakening is the practice of benefit,” so that giving and the practice of benefit are both already there at the feet—and so what is told here are the remaining two, kindly speech and shared work.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that gathering beings in is the giving of things. Of the five matters listed in this stretch—poverty, sickness, danger, fear, grief and suffering—only the first is wealth; the other four require that a person be present. Brought down to the ground: the difference between kindly speech and shared work is that the former requires that the right thing be said, and the latter that a person be at one's side.

From the Waist Come Seers: The Place of Breathing Out the Old and Drawing In the New

The third place is the waist; what come forth are “measureless seers equal in number to beings,” some wearing garments of grass and some garments of bark, all of them holding washing-pitchers, and in the open sky they praise the Tathāgatas and expound the dharmas.

Chengguan glosses the waist, saying “third, that from the waist come forth seers: the waist is below the wheel of the navel and between the sea of breath, and it is the place of breathing out the old and drawing in the new, the place from which seers come forth,” and he records its Sanskrit name: “the Sanskrit text says Nabimantuoluo, which here is the wheel of the navel.” The sense taken lies in this, that the waist is the place where the breath is regulated, and that the way of the seers takes the regulating of the breath for its root.

It is to be noticed that the Dharma told in this stretch has four layers: pure brahmacarya, that the dharmas are without intrinsic nature, the rules of the world's discourse, and the essential skillful means by which the knowledge of all-knowledge comes forth and away. The form and appearance of a seer is upon the outside, and yet the Dharma told goes straight to the absence of intrinsic nature and to the knowledge of all-knowledge. Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that to manifest the appearance of one outside the way is to be able to tell only the dharma of those outside the way. Brought down to the ground: the appearance is manifested according with what suits the occasion, and the Dharma is still one's own.

From the Two Sides Come Dragons and Dragon Maidens: The Place of What Is Born Sideways

The fourth place is the two sides; what come forth are inconceivable dragons and inconceivable dragon maidens; what is done is the raining of fourteen kinds of clouds as adornment and offering. Chengguan glosses here most briefly, in one sentence only: “fourth, that from the sides come forth dragons is because they are born sideways.” The sides are at the side of the body, and the dragon is of the kind born sideways, and so the sense of the side is taken.

Li Tongxuan takes another sense, saying “it signifies that the two sides have the sense of covering and sheltering. From within them come forth dragons, because they rain down and moisten beings”—the sides are a covering and sheltering, and the dragon is able to send down rain, and so the sense of moistening is taken. The two glosses each have their own track.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that this stretch is only a laying out of adorned appearances. Of the fourteen kinds of clouds rained down, the last are “clouds of the bodies of gods” and “clouds of serving women,” and yet the whole comes down upon “made offering within the places of awakening of the Buddhas, causing all beings to give rise to joy.” Brought down to the ground: the adorned appearance here is not enjoyed by oneself; it is two matters—offering to the Buddhas, and causing beings to rejoice.

From the Svastika Mark upon the Breast Come Asura Kings: The Place Where Pride and Arrogance Are Born and Extinguished

The fifth place is the svastika mark upon the breast; what come forth are asura kings; what is done is the manifesting of sovereign powers of illusion, the shaking of a hundred worlds, the crushing and subduing of the hosts of Māra, and the causing of beings to cast off pride and arrogance, to take away anger and harming, and to break the mountain of the afflictions.

Chengguan glosses this place, saying “fifth, that from the mark of virtue upon the breast asuras come forth: the breast is the place where pride and arrogance and the art of illusion can be born and can be extinguished; and further, it makes clear that the mark of virtue is able to subdue the Māras.” Two senses: the breast is the place from which pride and arrogance and illusion arise and by which they are likewise put down, and so there come forth the asuras, who are renowned for pride and arrogance and illusion; and the svastika being the Buddha's mark of virtue, the mark of virtue is able to subdue the Māras. Li Tongxuan takes a slightly different sense, saying “the breast has the sense of valor, and the svastika has the sense of coolness.”

The awakening in the latter half is set out by the sūtra text in ten sentences, and they are one line running upward: first “causing them to extinguish and take away offenses and evils,” which takes away the evil already done; next “causing them to dread birth-and-death” and “causing them to come forth and away from the destinies of birth,” which is to give rise to weariness with the three realms; next “causing them to be far from defilement and clinging,” which is not to stick to objective realms; and at “causing them to abide securely in the mind of unsurpassed awakening” it turns into the Great Vehicle; below this, “causing them to cultivate all the practices of the bodhisattvas,” “causing them to abide securely in all the pāramitās,” and “causing them to enter all the grounds of the bodhisattvas” are three layers rising—practice, perfection, ground; and last “causing them to observe all the subtle and wondrous dharma gates” and “causing them to fully know the skillful means of all the Buddhas” pass from practice into understanding and from understanding into the skillful means of a Buddha. Awakening is done by the power of illusion, and what is opened up is these ten sentences—illusion is only the place of entry, not the place of abiding.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that to manifest the appearance of an asura is to master evil by evil. What is done in this stretch of the sūtra text is plainly in two halves: the former half shakes and crushes and subdues, and the latter half “again with the power of illusion awakened beings.” Brought down to the ground: what is done by the power of illusion comes down at the last upon “causing them to abide in the mind of unsurpassed awakening”—the means may be illusion, but what it is aimed at may not be.

From the Back Come Śrāvakas · Pratyekabuddhas: Because They Turn Their Backs on the Great Vehicle

The sixth place is the back; what come forth are śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas, with the reason plainly marked—“for the sake of those who ought to be delivered by the two vehicles.” Chengguan glosses this place in four words only: “sixth, that from the back come forth the two vehicles is because they turn their backs on the Great Vehicle.” The back is behind the body, and the two vehicles turn their backs on the Great Vehicle, and so the sense of the back is taken. Li Tongxuan is of the same direction and his words are more extended, saying “it signifies that the back is the quarter in which one turns one's back upon beings.”

The teaching of this stretch lies in its eight counteractings: for those who cling to a self it tells that there is no self; for those who cling to permanence it tells impermanence; for those in whom the conduct of greed is heavy it tells the contemplation of impurity; for those in whom the conduct of hatred is heavy it tells the contemplation of the mind of kindness; for those in whom the conduct of delusion is heavy it tells the contemplation of dependent origination; for those in whom the conducts are in equal portion it tells the dharma of the objective realm that answers to wisdom; for those who love and cling to objective realms it tells the dharma in which there is nothing at all; and for those who love and cling to places of quiet stillness it tells the dharma of giving rise to great vows and universally benefiting all beings.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that “turning the back on the Great Vehicle” is a disparagement. The sūtra text says plainly that this comes forth “for the sake of those who ought to be delivered by the two vehicles”—the capacity to be governed is here, and so the appearance that comes forth is here. Brought down to the ground: the last two sentences are especially to be looked at—for those who love and cling to places of quiet stillness, what is told is the giving rise to great vows; even the craving for stillness is a sickness to be counteracted.

From the Two Shoulders Come Yakṣas · Rākṣasa Kings: Dreadful, and Bearing a Burden

The seventh place is the two shoulders; what come forth are yakṣas and rākṣasa kings, dreadful in form and appearance, and yet what is done is guarding—guarding the beings who practice goodness, and the worthies and sages and the assemblies of bodhisattvas, or appearing as vajra-holding spirits guarding the Buddhas and the places where the Buddhas dwell.

Chengguan glosses the two senses of the shoulder, saying “seventh, that from the shoulders come forth yakṣas and the rest: the shoulder is the place of dreadful and valiant strength; and further, it is the place that bears a burden, and so the work is guarding.” The dreadfulness is stated in terms of appearance, and the bearing of a burden in terms of function; the dreadful appearance is matched to the dreadful assembly, and the function of bearing a burden is matched to the work of guarding.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that a dreadful appearance goes against the work of guarding the Dharma. This stretch of the sūtra text lists “those who had fear, they caused to obtain peace and security”—the one who manifests the dreadful appearance is precisely the one who makes men unafraid. Brought down to the ground: the last sentence of this stretch is “cast off the wheel of birth-and-death and turn the wheel of the right Dharma”; guarding does not stop at keeping men safe—it must turn upon the wheel of the Dharma.

From the Belly Come Kiṃnara · Gandharva Kings: The Place of the Drumming Belly and the Sounding String

The eighth place is the belly; what come forth are kiṃnara kings and gandharva kings together with their women; what is done is the playing of heavenly music and the singing of praise. Chengguan glosses the belly, saying “eighth, that from the belly come forth kiṃnaras and the rest is because it is the place of the drumming belly and the sounding string and of music”—taking the belly to be the place where sound is sent forth and the breath drummed up, and so the spirits of music come forth.

What is sung in this stretch is seven matters, and what is opened up and expounded is seven gates, fourteen sentences in all. The seven of the singing: the real nature of the dharmas, all the Buddhas, giving rise to the mind of awakening, cultivating the practice of a bodhisattva, the gate of accomplishing right awakening, the gate of turning the wheel of the Dharma, and the gate of manifesting spiritual transformation. The seven of the opening up and expounding: the gate of parinirvāṇa, the gate of guarding the teaching of the Buddhas, the gate of causing beings to rejoice, the gate of adorning and purifying the fields of the Buddhas, the gate of displaying the subtle and wondrous dharmas, the gate of casting off obstructions, and the gate of bringing forth roots of goodness.

These fourteen sentences do not stop at a list of names. In the seven of “singing in praise,” what is sung is first “the real nature of the dharmas,” next “all the Buddhas” who realize it, next “giving rise to the mind of awakening” and “cultivating the practice of a bodhisattva,” which belong to the causal ground, and the last three sing three matters of a Buddha—the gate of accomplishing right awakening, the gate of turning the wheel of the Dharma, the gate of manifesting spiritual transformation: from the Dharma to the person, from the cause to the fruit, from the fruit to its function. In the seven of “opening up and expounding,” it begins from the Buddha's “gate of parinirvāṇa,” and next “the gate of guarding the teaching of all the Buddhas”—the passing of the Dharma and the abiding of the Dharma; next “the gate of causing all beings to rejoice” and “the gate of adorning and purifying all the fields of the Buddhas,” two matters, beings and fields; next “the gate of displaying all the subtle and wondrous dharmas,” which is the Dharma told; and last “the gate of casting off and leaving all obstructions” and “the gate of bringing forth all roots of goodness,” one taking away and one giving rise, both coming down upon beings. What is sung is the objective realm praised, and what is told is the gate to be practiced—singing gathers in their delight and desire, telling confers upon them the dharma gate.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that music is fit for praising only and not for telling the Dharma. The sūtra text here sets “singing in praise” and “opening up and expounding” side by side in one and the same stretch. Brought down to the ground: praising and telling the Dharma are here two faces of one matter, the former gathering in their delight and desire, the latter conferring upon them the dharma gate.

From the Face-Gate Come Wheel-Turning Sage Kings: Spreading the Ten Good Deeds to Turn Men Toward the Buddha-Dharma

The ninth place is the face-gate; what come forth are wheel-turning sage kings, complete in the seven jewels and surrounded by the four kinds of army. Chengguan glosses this place, saying “ninth, that from the face-gate come forth wheel-turning kings is because they spread the ten good deeds and turn men toward the Buddha-dharma,” and the Yanyi chao rehearses this saying, “as for the commentary's ‘because they spread the ten good deeds and turn men toward the Buddha-dharma,’ the sūtra text furnishes it of itself, and searching it finely one may know it.”

What is called the sūtra text furnishing it of itself is that the items of the ten good deeds are set out one by one in the sūtra text: cutting off the taking of what is not given, cutting off wrong sexual conduct, not cutting off life (not killing), always speaking words that are real (not lying), not practicing division (no double-tongued speech), being without coarseness or harshness (no harsh speech), not making ornamented speech (no idle talk), and below this the taking away of greed and love, the taking away of anger, and the drawing out of the thorn of wrong views—the three of body, the four of speech, and the three of mind, the ten branches complete.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that the wheel-turning king's practice of the ten good deeds is the governing of the world. Chengguan's judgment has a second half—“to turn men toward the Buddha-dharma.” Brought down to the ground: the ten good deeds here do not stop at the good recompense of men and of gods; they are a stair into the Buddha-dharma.

From the Two Eyes Come Sun-Orbs: The Eye Is Equal to the Sun's Shining

The tenth place is the two eyes; what come forth are sun-orbs; what is done is the shining upon the hells and the evil destinies to make them leave suffering, the shining upon the spaces between the worlds to take away darkness, and the shining upon the beings of the ten directions to make them cast off the film of delusion. Chengguan glosses it most briefly: “tenth, that from the eyes come forth sun-orbs is because the eye is equal to the sun's shining.” The eye and the sun are alike able to shine, and so the sense of their equality is taken.

What is most worth beholding in this stretch is its latter half—upon filthy and turbid lands pure light is sent forth, upon lands of white silver light of the color of yellow gold, upon lands of yellow gold light of the color of white silver, and so with lapis lazuli and crystal, tridacna and agate, Indra-blue and the maṇi king Sun Treasury, red pearl and the maṇi king Moonlight Net Treasury, each pair sending forth to the other; and it closes with “upon lands made of one jewel they sent forth light of the colors of every sort of jewel, and upon lands made of every sort of jewel they sent forth light of the color of one jewel.”

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that the light must follow the substance it rests upon. The sūtra text here sends it forth crosswise on purpose, and this is precisely to display that what is shone upon does not follow what it rests upon. Brought down to the ground: the last sentence, in which one and many send forth to each other, is where this stretch truly comes down.

From the White Hair Between the Brows Come Śakras: The Most Honored and Surpassing among Those Who Dwell upon the Ground

The eleventh place is the mark of the white hair between the brows; what come forth are Śakras, all of them sovereign over objective realms. Chengguan glosses this place with three senses, saying “eleventh, that from between the brows come forth Śakras is because among those who dwell upon the ground he is the most honored and surpassing; because the wisdom of the Middle Way transforms beings; and because it causes them to leave the five desires and to obtain the pure Dharma.” Between the brows lies in the middle of the two eyes, and so the Middle Way is taken; Śakra is the lord of the gods who dwell upon the ground, and so the most honored and surpassing is taken.

What is done in this stretch falls into two parts: first the six powers—praising the power of merit, proclaiming the power of wisdom, giving rise to their power of delight, upholding their power of aspiration, purifying their power of mindfulness, and making firm the power of the mind of awakening they had given rise to; and after that the three praisings and three causings—praising the delight of seeing the Buddha and causing them to take away the desires of the world, praising the delight of hearing the Dharma and causing them to weary of the objective realms of the world, and praising the delight of contemplating knowledge and causing them to cut off the defilements of the world.

After the three praisings and three causings, the sūtra text sets out six further acts, the last stretch of what is done at this place: “stilled the wars of the asuras” stills strife without, “cut off the quarrels and strife of the afflictions” cuts off strife within; “extinguished the mind that fears death” takes away their dread, “gave rise to the vow to subdue the Māras” raises their vow; “raised up the Sumeru mountain king of the right Dharma” builds the Dharma high, “brought to completion all the work of beings” completes what beings need. The six acts pair two by two—within and without, taking away and raising up, Dharma and beings. The six powers before are the powers given, and these six acts are the work done: powers first, and then work.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that what the lord of the gods transforms still lies within heavenly pleasure. What the three praisings of the sūtra text counteract are precisely the three matters of desire, objective realm, and defilement. Brought down to the ground: the sense taken in this stretch lies in the four words “the wisdom of the Middle Way”—the white hair lies between the two eyes, and that is precisely the sign of not falling to either side.

From the Forehead Come Brahmās: The Place of Bowing the Brow and Requesting the Dharma

The twelfth place is the forehead; what come forth are Brahmās, upright and adorned in color and mark, quiet and still in bearing, beautiful and wondrous in word and sound; what is done is “exhorting the Buddhas to tell the Dharma and praising the merits of the Buddhas.” Chengguan glosses the two senses of the forehead, saying “twelfth, that from the forehead come forth Brahmā kings is because the Brahmā king passes beyond desire and so stands next above the brows; and further, because it is the place of bowing the brow and requesting the Dharma.”

The first sense is a sense of order in place—the Brahmās pass beyond the realm of desire, and so their place stands above that of Śakra between the brows, the lord of the gods who dwell upon the ground. The second sense is a sense taken from the appearance—the forehead is the place that bows and knocks upon the ground, and the very work of the Brahmās is to request the Buddhas to tell the Dharma.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that this stretch is the shortest and therefore the lightest. What is manifested at this one place the sūtra text lists as four—exhorting the Buddhas to tell the Dharma, praising the merits of the Buddhas, causing the bodhisattvas all to rejoice, and being able to bring to completion the measureless work of beings—and the requesting of the Dharma stands first among them. And that the Buddha-dharma should abide in the world hangs precisely upon there being someone who requests. Brought down to the ground: of the fourteen places this one alone has ‘requesting’ for its work, and it is a place in the whole stretch that cannot be dispensed with.

From the Head Come Assemblies of Bodhisattvas: Telling the Practice of the Ten Perfections

The thirteenth place is the head; what come forth are assemblies of bodhisattvas as many as the dust motes of measureless Buddha-fields, sending forth boundless light and telling every sort of practice. Chengguan glosses it, saying “thirteenth, that from the head come forth bodhisattvas is because it is the highest and the head. The telling of the practice of the ten perfections is displayed and may be known.” The head is the highest and the head of the body, and so bodhisattvas come forth; and what is told he judges to be the practice of the ten perfections.

Those that the sūtra text marks with their names of itself are six: praising giving, extolling and praising the merit of keeping the precepts, telling the power of patience, praising the practice of vigor, praising the pāramitā of dhyāna, and expounding the prajñā-pāramitā. The four stretches of the sūtra text after these do not bring out the names of the perfections, and yet the marks of the matters are plain—expounding the every sort of work that accords with the world; manifesting spiritual powers and transformations and telling of sovereignty over the span of life so as to make them give rise to great vows; expounding the four powers; and expounding the four knowledges.

Though the last four stretches do not bring out the names of the perfections, the marks of their matters may not be passed over. The first expounds the every sort of work that accords with the world, causing beings, “though they leave birth-and-death behind, to be able to take birth sovereignly within the destinies of birth.” The second manifests spiritual powers and transformations and proclaims sovereignty over the span of life, causing them to give rise to great vows. The third expounds the four powers and the fourth expounds the four knowledges, and the sūtra text brings each of them out by name: the four powers are “the accomplishing of the power of holding-entire,” “the bringing forth of the power of great vows,” “the purifying and governing of the power of samādhi,” and “the power of sovereign birth”; the four knowledges are “the knowledge that universally understands the faculties of beings,” “the knowledge that universally understands all mind-conduct,” “the knowledge that universally understands the ten powers of the Tathāgatas,” and “the knowledge that universally understands the sovereignty of the Buddhas.” The powers are stated in terms of what one can do, the knowledges in terms of what one knows; the four powers and the four knowledges are each a perfection of its own, and the forty-fascicle text sets out the pāramitā of power and the pāramitā of knowledge separately.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that when the six perfections have been told the matter is done. The end of this stretch is the four knowledges, and the end of the four knowledges is “the knowledge that universally understands the sovereignty of the Buddhas.” Brought down to the ground: the practice of the ten perfections closes with knowledge, and if the first nine perfections do not arrive at knowledge, they are still upon the road.

From the Crown of the Head Comes the Body of a Tathāgata: Honored to the Utmost and Unsurpassed

The fourteenth place is the crown; what comes forth is the body of a Tathāgata, “those bodies had no equal, the marks and the accompanying signs pure and adorned,” raining down the rain of Dharma everywhere for all the worlds. Chengguan glosses it in a sense of five words only: “fourteenth, that from the crown comes forth a Buddha is because it is honored to the utmost and unsurpassed.” The crown is the utmost of the body, and so what comes forth is a Buddha.

Chengguan judges the text of this one stretch to be threefold, saying “within the text there are three: first, the general display of the marks of the body and speech that come forth; next, from ‘that is to say’ onward, the separate setting out of the different rains of Dharma; and after that, from ‘in this way’ onward, one sentence gathering it up in general.” The general mark is the two matters of body and speech—the body being blazing in majestic light, and the speech sending forth a wondrous voice filling the Dharma realm; the particular mark is the thirty-two kinds of the rain of Dharma below; and it closes with the one sentence “the work done in this way filled the Dharma realm.”

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that because the fourteen places reach their highest here, this is the hardest to understand. In fact this stretch has the clearest sequence—the general of body and speech, the particular of the rain of Dharma, and the one sentence that closes, three parts plainly set. Brought down to the ground: in reading this stretch, first divide the three parts and then read the thirty-two particulars, and one will not be drowned by the number.

The Thirty-Two Kinds of the Rain of Dharma: The First Twelve for Bodhisattvas, and Ten among Them Are the Ten Abodes

Upon the separate setting out of the rains of Dharma from the body of the Buddha that comes forth from the crown, Chengguan reckons their number and judges to whom they belong, saying “within the separate setting out of the rains of Dharma, in all there are thirty-two kinds; the first twelve rains of Dharma are for bodhisattvas, and the rest are for the mixed classes.” The first and the last of the first twelve each belong somewhere of their own: the first, universal knowing and equality, Chengguan judges to obtain the three equalities and so to “turn into wondrous awakening”; and of the last he says “the twelfth is the bodhisattvas of the ten faiths.”

Of the ten in the middle Chengguan plainly marks their stage, saying “second, from ‘the rain of Dharma of the universal gate’ onward, the ten rains of Dharma are the ten abodes,” and he glosses the reason for it—“because within the stages of the round teaching, when the stage of the ten abodes is full one becomes a Buddha, and before this there is no separate stage. This is stated in terms of a stage gathering in the stages, which, apart from the One Vehicle school, none of the others states.” And he says as well that these ten are all an exhorting to study and to advance in what surpasses: “the ten dharmas already abide in one's own portion, and so it exhorts them to advance in what surpasses.”

For the first twelve Chengguan attaches a sense to each, and not one is passed over. The first is the universal knowing and equality for the bodhisattvas at the place of awakening, of which he says it “has in brief three equalities”—initial awakening the same as original, equality with the Buddhas, and beings and the Buddha of one nature—and obtaining these three equalities one “turns into wondrous awakening.” The ten in the middle are the ten abodes, counted backward and upward station by station, and every sentence exhorts to advance in what surpasses: the entering of the universal gate for the station of consecration is “the ten kinds of knowledge, equality with the three times and the rest,” and it “exhorts the Buddhas' consecration and causes them to advance in cultivation”; the universal adornment for the station of the prince of the Dharma King is “causing them universally to study the skillful means of the Dharma King and the rest, for the sake of adornment”; the firm mountain for the station of the youth is “causing them to study the knowing of fields and the shaking of fields and the rest, none of which can be broken, for it stands highest”; the ocean treasury for the station of non-retrogression is “causing them to study the ten kinds of vast and deep dharmas—telling that one is many, telling that many are one, and the rest—and so it is named the ocean treasury”; the universal objective realm for the station of accomplishing the rectified mind is “causing them to study that all dharmas are markless and without substance and the rest; since all are so, it is named the universal objective realm”; the gate of self-nature for the station of skillful means fully endowed is “knowing that beings are boundless, on to knowing that beings are without self-nature—all of this is the gate of self-nature”; the according with the world for the station of noble birth is “because the fully knowing of the Dharma of the Buddhas of the three times, complete, is all an according with the world”; the universal compassion and pity for the station of cultivation is “because the observing everywhere of the realm of beings and the rest is for the sake of compassion and pity”; the treasury that gathers and accumulates for those newly in study is “because reciting and studying, much hearing, emptiness and quiet and stillness, drawing near to good friends and the rest are all for the gathering and holding of the practice of the Dharma,” and the reason for the name ‘newly in study’ is that they are “first governing the ground of the mind”; and the gathering in of beings for those who have first given rise to the mind is “causing them diligently to make offering to the Buddhas and to lead the world, for the gathering in of beings.” The last, the inexhaustible objective realm appearing everywhere for faith and understanding, Chengguan judges to be “the bodhisattvas of the ten faiths,” its sense being “causing them universally to take as object the inexhaustible objective realm of the Tathāgata and of Samantabhadra and to give rise to the mind of faith, because it appears before them distinctly and they advance and enter the stage.” The first belongs to wondrous awakening, the last to the ten faiths, and the ten in the middle fall precisely upon the ten abodes—such is the bone of the first twelve of the thirty-two rains of Dharma.

What is to be looked at is the order of these ten sentences: the station of consecration, the station of the prince of the Dharma King, the station of the youth, the station of non-retrogression, the station of accomplishing the rectified mind, the station of skillful means fully endowed, the station of noble birth, the station of cultivation, those newly in study, and those who have first given rise to the mind—counted backward from above downward. And as for that to which Ocean Banner himself is assigned, Chengguan outlines it as “the sixth, Ocean Banner, assigned to the abode of the rectified mind,” which falls precisely upon the sentence “the station of accomplishing the rectified mind” among them.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that the rain of Dharma coming down according with the stage is a giving to each of his own. Chengguan says it plainly: these ten dharmas are all an “exhorting to study” and an “advancing in what surpasses”—they are not a comforting of the stage already reached, but an urging upward. Brought down to the ground: the stage here is not a record of seniority; it is the starting point from which one is exhorted.

The Latter Twenty Rains of Dharma Are for the Mixed Classes: Each Class Has What It Counteracts

The latter twenty rains of Dharma are universally for the mixed classes of men and gods, and Chengguan glosses one by one what each counteracts; all twenty have their gloss, and not one is passed over. The universal gate for the beings of the form realm is “in general, for the beings of the form realm, the casting off of the outer and abiding in the inner, causing them to obtain mind and objective realm unobstructed”; the universal treasury for the Brahmās is “it speaks in particular of the first dhyāna: because by long habit they have much kindness, and yet incline toward their own retinue, it now makes their kindness universal, and the merit it holds is without end”; the bringing forth of power for the Sovereign gods is “that is, the gods of Delight in Others' Emanations turn worldly sovereignty into the sovereignty of the ten powers”; the banner of the mind for the hosts of Māra is “from within the gods of Delight in Others' Emanations the hosts of Māra are set apart: the Māra loves to crush others and to raise himself high, and it now makes him obtain the Dharma banner of the mind of kindness, crushing his own false arrogance”; pure mindfulness for the gods of Delight in Emanations is “following their mindfulness they delight in emanations, which only defiles their own minds, and so it turns them to pure mindfulness”; the bringing forth of intent for the gods of Tuṣita is “though they are content within worldly pleasure, it is fitting that the intent to come forth from the world arise”; joy for the gods of Yāma is “worldly pleasure calls itself glad from time to time, and does not reach the gladness of the joy of the Dharma”; the swift adorning of the realm of open space for the gods of the Thirty-Three is “they are the utmost of those who dwell upon the ground, and they envy the dwellers in space as surpassing, and yet this does not reach the adorning of the emptiness of the nature of dharmas by merit and knowledge”; joy for the yakṣas is “the yakṣa is by nature much given to violence and harm, and so it makes him joyful toward what holds life”; the vajra wheel for the gandharvas is “because they are skilled at playing the sounds of music, and even śrāvakas of high virtue are crushed by it, it now makes them obtain the vajra knowledge, which crushes all and leaves nothing unfulfilled”; the great objective realm for the asuras is “they rely upon their great bodies and give rise to arrogance, and it makes them see the dharma-body, answering to the objective realm of the Dharma realm”; boundless light for the garuḍas is “with pure eyes they watch the sea, minded to swallow the dragons, and it makes them shine everywhere upon what stirs them with the knowing light of kindly eyes”; the surpassing knowledge of all the worlds for the kiṃnaras is “following their skill in song, it makes them obtain the surpassing worldly knowledge that is at once emptiness and passes through existence”; the taking of no delight for the human kings is “the human king clings to pleasure, and so it counteracts that in particular”; the banner of joy for the dragons is “the dragon has much anger and venom, and so joy is told for him,” and further “there is the dread of burning sand and the rest, and the banner of the Dharma is told as able to crush it”; great rest for the mahoragas is “the python has much venom and harm, and is besides gnawed by worms without rest, and so it tells of the inner resting of the venomous mind and the outward resting of suffering”; the adornment of right mindfulness for the beings of the hells is “their bodies feel boundless suffering and their minds hold boundless evil, and if right mindfulness of the Three Jewels be their adornment, then all at once they are freed from the many sufferings”; the treasury of wisdom for the animals is “because animals have much delusion”; fearlessness for the beings of the realm of King Yama is “the demon-officers of Yama dread one another, and even the body of the king has the dread of hot iron and molten copper and the rest”; and universal comforting for those in places of distress and hardship is “that is to say, the eight difficult conditions, and among men those held bound in prison and the like, who are for the most part not at peace, and so it comforts them everywhere and causes them all to obtain entrance into the assemblies of the worthies and sages, overturning that place of hardship.”

Within the twenty sentences there are two places that Chengguan marks off in particular. The one is that the joy for the yakṣas and the joy for the gods of Yāma share a name and differ in sense, of which he says “this states joy in terms of counteracting, while the gods of Yāma before were stated in terms of what suits them”—the one is set up against a sickness, the other given according to what is fitting. The other is that the banner of joy for the dragons holds two matters together: the joy answers to their anger and venom, and the banner answers to their dread of the burning sand; within one name both senses stand.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that to counteract is to press down. Look at Chengguan's one sentence upon the hosts of Māra—it is not to strip away his power of crushing others; it is to “make him obtain the Dharma banner of the mind of kindness,” still a banner, still able to crush, and what is crushed is changed into his own false arrogance. Brought down to the ground: the dharma that counteracts is mostly a turning of direction, not a cutting off.

The Nets of Light from the Pores: One Sentence Gathering Up the Fourteen Places Before

When the fourteen places have been told, the sūtra text gathers them up in one sentence: the monk Ocean Banner again, from all the pores upon his body, sends forth from each and every one of them nets of light as many as the dust motes of asaṃkhyeya Buddha-fields, and each and every net of light is possessed of asaṃkhyeya colors and marks, adornments, objective realms, and works. Chengguan here only judges its place and does not gloss its marks, saying “second, the general display of the working of the light of the pores, which may be known. Thus far the seeing of the marks and function of the concentration is done.”

Why must there be this one sentence? The fourteen places before are “the separate making clear that the workings of the parts of the body differ by place,” and place differs from place; this one sentence is the “general display,” which no longer divides by place. Li Tongxuan reads this sentence and takes its sense to lie in pervading, saying “it signifies that the whole body is entirely the wondrous wisdom of the prajñā-pāramitā of the Dharma realm, the liberation unobstructed in the three emptinesses, and that the light by which beings are taught is layer upon layer without end.”

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that this sentence is only a courteous closing. Each of the fourteen places before has a sense taken from it, and so each has its bound and limit; this sentence takes the pores for its measure, and then there is no place that does not send forth and no place that is not the same. Brought down to the ground: the particular mark displays the differences of what suits the occasion, and the general mark displays that there is no place that is not it.

What Sudhana Looked At: The Ten Sentences of Gazing with Reverence and Entering by Realization

What Sudhana looked at was not a spectacle. From the sūtra text's “with a single mind observed the monk Ocean Banner, and there arose in him a deep thirsting and longing” onward there are nine sentences of pondering, which with the sentence before make ten. Chengguan judges their inner divisions very finely, saying “the first sentence is the pondering of the person and the realizing of the Dharma realm of persons; the remaining sentences are the pondering of the Dharma and the realizing of the Dharma realm of dharmas,” and among the remaining nine he divides again: “the first one sentence is general, that is, samādhi is the substance and liberation is the function, substance and function being made clear together. The second separately ponders that substance. The next two sentences separately ponder that function, the one being the wide and many benefiting of beings, the other being the thoughtless universal pervading, which is at once function and stillness. The next two sentences ponder the causes of the substance and function before, the one being that the inner knowledge is pure, the other being that the outer condition sustains. The last three sentences ponder his advance in what surpasses.”

By this judgment the order of what Sudhana ponders is: first he ponders the person; next he ponders substance and function in general; next he ponders the substance separately; next he ponders two kinds of function (the ocean of skillful means for benefiting beings being the wide and many, and the gate of universal adornment without any making being the thoughtless universal pervading); next he ponders two kinds of cause (the pure knowledge that adorns the Dharma realm being the inner, and the knowledge that receives the sustaining of the Buddhas being the outer); and last he ponders three kinds of advance (the power of sovereignty, the power of great vows, and the power of the many practices).

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that to look at a good friend is to admire him. Of these ten sentences not one is an exclamation; every sentence is an analysis—what the substance is, how many kinds the function has, whether the cause lies within or without, and toward what the advance goes. Brought down to the ground: true gazing with reverence has a structure, and only when the structure can be seen is it called entering by realization.

Six Months and Six Days: Why This Number

Sudhana stood in this way and passed one day and one night, seven days and seven nights, half a month, one month, and on to six months, and passed six days more. Chengguan attaches this number to a stage and to a perfection, saying “as for six months and six days: because within the sixth abode he fulfills the sixth perfection, and because the savor of the Dharma nourishes the spirit, body and mind are wholly forgotten and he does not feel that the time is long”—six months signifying the sixth abode and six days the sixth perfection, and the reason he does not feel the time long being “because the savor of the Dharma nourishes the spirit.”

Li Tongxuan matches them stretch by stretch, and what he matches differs from Chengguan: one day and one night makes clear the pāramitā of giving; seven days and seven nights make clear the precepts of the seven branches; half a month makes clear the pāramitā of patience (“to make clear that patience benefits oneself only and does not benefit others, half a month signifies it”); one month makes clear vigor (“to make clear that vigor benefits both oneself and others”); six months are the sixth abode; and the passing of six days more is the sixth pāramitā. The two statements both stand, each having its own track.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that this is written to show that Sudhana had patience. What the sūtra text lists is an increasing order—one day, seven days, half a month, one month, six months, six days; it is a sequence, not a measure of long and short. Brought down to the ground: to stand and look for six months and six days more and yet have “body and mind wholly forgotten” rests not upon patience but upon the savor of the Dharma.

The Ten Sentences of General Praise After the Coming Out of Concentration

Ocean Banner came out of the samādhi, and only then did Sudhana open his mouth. The first stretch is ten sentences of general praise, every sentence beginning with “such a samādhi as this”: the most deep, the most vast, a measureless objective realm, a spiritual power hard to fathom, a light without equal, numberless adornments, a majestic power hard to master, an equal objective realm, shining everywhere upon the ten directions, and benefit without limit.

Chengguan judges the structure of this stretch, saying “first the praising, and after that the asking. In the first, it divides into two: first the marking of the praise of its depth and surpassingness, and after that, from ‘because it is able to extinguish and take away’ onward, the setting out of the grounds of the praise.” The ten sentences are the marking, and the twenty sentences below them are the grounds.

Zhiyan counts the praising of this stretch as eleven sentences, saying “the first eleven sentences praise the virtue of the concentration,” and only below that comes the praising of its working; Chengguan makes it ten, and takes what follows from “because it is able to extinguish and take away” as the grounds. The difference between ten and eleven lies in where the sentences are cut, and each house keeps its own division.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that praise is a word of courtesy. Every one of these ten sentences points at a stretch that Sudhana has just seen with his own eyes—the measureless objective realm answers to the fourteen places, the shining everywhere upon the ten directions answers to the sun-orbs and the rain of Dharma, and the majestic power hard to master answers to the shaking and crushing and subduing of the asuras. Brought down to the ground: praise must come out of what is seen, not out of what is heard; when praise will not come out, it is that one has not yet seen.

The Twenty Sentences of the Grounds of the Praise: From Leaving the Suffering of Poverty to Abiding in the Knowledge of All-Knowledge

After the ten sentences of general praise, the sūtra text leads with “that is to say” into twenty sentences of grounds, all closing with “because.” Their order runs from the coarse to the fine: leaving the suffering of poverty, coming forth from the hells, being spared from the animals, shutting the gates of the many distresses, opening the paths of men and of gods, making men and gods glad, making them love and delight in the objective realms of dhyāna, making the pleasures of the conditioned increase, displaying the pleasure of coming forth from the three kinds of existence, drawing forth the mind of awakening, making the practice of merit and knowledge increase, making the mind of great compassion increase, making the power of great vows arise, making the path of a bodhisattva clear, making the ultimate knowledge adorned, turning toward and entering the objective realm of the Great Vehicle, understanding and illumining the practice of Samantabhadra, realizing the light of the wisdom of the grounds of the bodhisattvas, accomplishing the practice of all the vows of the bodhisattvas, and abiding securely within the objective realm of the knowledge of all-knowledge.

Upon two of these sentences Chengguan sets down a particular note, saying “as for the sentence within it that says ‘it is able to make the pleasures of the conditioned increase,’ it is because he does not cast off the conditioned. ‘The pleasure of coming forth from existence’ is because he is not defiled by existence. Further, the sentence above is for the ordinary man, and the sentence next to it is for the two vehicles. Below it says ‘drawing forth awakening,’ which is for the great vessel.” Three sentences, three capacities, divided most clearly.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that “making the pleasures of the conditioned increase” is not of definitive meaning and ought to be passed over. Chengguan says it plainly: what this sentence attaches to is “he does not cast off the conditioned”—and with the sentence below it, “he is not defiled by existence,” it makes a pair. Brought down to the ground: these twenty sentences are one complete stair, and one may not begin reading from the middle.

The Three Names of the Samādhi: Set Up upon Knowledge · Taking Objective Realm and Knowledge Together · Fusing Both

Sudhana asked the name, and Ocean Banner answered with three names: Universal Eye Relinquishing and Obtaining, Prajñā-pāramitā Objective Realm Pure Light, and Universal Adornment Pure Gate. Chengguan judges that the three names each rest upon something of their own, saying “that there are three names: the first is set up upon knowledge, the next takes objective realm and knowledge together, and the last is named by fusing objective realm and knowledge together.”

The gloss upon the first name: “because the knowledge of wisdom shines upon all dharmas it is named universal eye, and because in all there is nothing obtained it is said relinquishing and obtaining.” Chengguan glosses these two words, relinquishing and obtaining, precisely by there being nothing obtained, saying “if there were something obtained, one could not be at once still and functioning; since there is nothing obtained, there is nothing not obtained.” Below this he further sets out a gloss of the men of old—“of old it was said: that there is no obstruction not stilled is called relinquishing, and that there is no principle not realized is called obtaining”—and himself sets down a judgment upon it: “it is not that this principle is absent, but that it has not reached the profound.” The old gloss is not without its reason; it has only not arrived at the profound. Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle text, makes a separate gloss of the same two words, saying “that there is no obstruction not exhausted is said to be relinquishing, and that there is no principle not realized is named obtaining.” Three statements stand together—Chengguan's own sense, the gloss of the men of old, and Fazang's separate gloss—and the express judgment is set down upon the statement of the men of old alone. The second name names objective realm and knowledge together, “because wisdom is pure the objective realm is pure.” The third is the fusing of both, “wisdom understands the objective realm, and there is no objective realm that is not wisdom—what then is not adorned?”, and he cites the Zhilun, which says “to tell of knowledge and of the place of knowledge, both are named wisdom.”

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that Sudhana had already cultivated and entered, so why ask the name at all. Chengguan first sets up this difficulty and then unties it himself, saying “it is as when a man of the world obtains the great king's feast; though he eats the surpassing savor, why must he know its name?”—savor and name are two matters to begin with. Brought down to the ground: the asking of the name is not for the sake of knowing, but for the sake of setting what has been realized in its place within the teaching.

Sudhana Asks Again: Is It in the End Only Thus

Sudhana's second question is exceedingly short: “Holy one! Is the objective realm of this samādhi in the end only thus?” Why ask again? Chengguan glosses the reason of this question, saying “as for the question saying ‘only thus,’ what was beheld above he has already in good part cultivated and entered, and beyond seeing and hearing he further hopes for something else to hear”—what he has seen is already much, and so he wishes the more to know what there is beyond what he has seen.

And of Ocean Banner's answer Chengguan judges its character, saying “in the answer that follows, all of it shows what the foregoing did not reach”—what is answered is wholly that portion which could not be seen before.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that this question is a want of contentment. The former question asked the name, so as to set in place what has been seen; this question asks the working, so as to search out what has not been seen. Brought down to the ground: the difference between Sudhana's two questions is very clear—the first faces what he has already seen, and the second faces what his seeing and hearing have not yet reached.

The Twenty-Two Sentences upon the Working: The Three Worlds, and in All of Them No Obstruction

Ocean Banner answers upon the working in twenty-two sentences, every sentence closing with “there is no obstruction.” Chengguan judges its text to be threefold, and this is precisely the division of the three worlds, saying “within it there are three: first the making clear that there is no obstruction in the world of vessels; next, from ‘he sees all the Buddhas’ onward, that there is no obstruction in the world of right awakening and knowledge; and after that, from ‘gathers in with great compassion’ onward, that there is no obstruction in the world of beings,” and he adds one sentence, “and the seeing of the Buddhas within it is likewise for the sake of gathering in beings.”

By this judgment the first six sentences are the world of vessels—fully knowing, going to, passing beyond, adorning, cultivating and governing, and adorning and purifying all worlds; the middle ten sentences are the world of right awakening and knowledge—seeing the Buddhas, observing the majestic virtue of the Buddhas, knowing the spiritual power of the Buddhas, realizing the vast powers of the Buddhas, entering the ocean of the merits of the Buddhas, receiving the wondrous Dharma of the Buddhas, cultivating wondrous practice within the Dharma of the Buddhas, realizing the equal knowledge by which the Buddhas turn the wheel of the Dharma, entering the ocean of the assemblies and places of awakening of the Buddhas, and observing the Dharma of the Buddhas of the ten directions; and the last six sentences are the world of beings—gathering in with great compassion, constantly giving rise to great kindness, being never satiated in seeing the Buddhas, entering the ocean of beings, knowing the ocean of the faculties of beings, and the knowledge of the differences among the faculties of beings.

Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle text, likewise divides by the three worlds, and yet his number is twenty-three sentences: “the first six sentences make clear his sovereignty in the world of vessels,” “eleven sentences below make clear his sovereignty in the world of right awakening and knowledge,” “six sentences below make clear his sovereignty in the world of beings.” Six, eleven, six as against the eighty-fascicle text's six, ten, six—a difference of one sentence in the middle; while Li Tongxuan, upon the eighty-fascicle text, says plainly that he “tells twenty-two kinds of unobstructed dharmas.” The number of each house attaches to the text it rests upon; recorded without judgment.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that “there is no obstruction” is a boasting of ability. The verbs set out in the twenty-two sentences are fully knowing, going to, adorning, seeing, realizing, entering, receiving, and gathering in—all of them words of doing work. Brought down to the ground: to be unobstructed is not to be unlimited; it is to do work within these three fields and not be blocked.

Humbling Himself and Deferring to the Superior: I Know Only This One

After the answer upon the working, Ocean Banner says at once, “Son of good family! I know only this one light of the samādhi of prajñā-pāramitā.” This is a stretch that most of the good friends of this assembly have. Chengguan judges its structure, saying “third, within humbling oneself and deferring to the superior: first the humbling of oneself as knowing one; after that, from ‘as for the’ onward, the deferring to the superior, within which there are two: first the raising of what they know, and after that, from ‘how then could I’ onward, the displaying that he cannot fathom it.”

Fazang gathers from writing of this kind two sorts, saying “now the looking up and deferring in all these passages is of two kinds: one, that within one's own dharma gate there is something deeper and finer that one cannot oneself know, as in this passage and in the stages before it; two, deferring to a dharma gate of a different kind that one cannot oneself know.” The example Fazang raises for himself is “this passage and the stages before it,” and below it he says further that “all the passages above and below are to be known by this,” without separately marking to which kind Ocean Banner belongs. Such is the dividing of the two kinds; it is recorded without judgment.

The text of deferring to the superior falls into two halves, each with its own number. First it raises what they know, and the sūtra text sets out ten matters: “entering the ocean of wisdom,” “purifying the objective realm of the Dharma realm,” “reaching every destiny,” “pervading measureless fields,” “sovereign in holding-entire,” “pure in samādhi,” “vast in spiritual penetration,” “inexhaustible in eloquence,” “skilled in telling the grounds,” “a reliance for beings”—from the substance of knowledge to its objective realm, to the destinies and fields it pervades, to the holding-entire and samādhi it keeps, to the penetration and eloquence it uses, to the grounds it tells, and last coming down upon being a reliance for beings. Next it displays what he cannot do, and the sūtra text sets out eleven matters: to know their wondrous practices, to distinguish their merits, to understand what they practice, to make clear their objective realms, to exhaust their power of vows, to enter their essential gate, to reach what they realize, to tell their portion of the path, to abide in their samādhi, to see their mind and objective realm, and to obtain the equal wisdom that they have—the verbs run from “knowing” to “obtaining,” and the last, “to obtain the equal wisdom that they have,” gathers it up in equal wisdom. Ten matters of their virtue and eleven matters he cannot do: the numbers are unequal, and they need not be forced to match.

Fazang divides this further into three stretches—the first one sentence general, next the particular, third the conclusion that he cannot know—and says “since he does not know even the practice by which virtue is built up through accumulated practice, how much less the virtue so built.” Zhiyan for his part sets up a question here: “since the bodhisattva already has the virtues complete, why must he look up and defer?” and answers it with two senses—“one, that the assigning of the stages does not answer to one another, and therefore he must defer; two, that the gates of samādhi assigned are separate, and it gives rise to a surpassing aspiration.” The one is the reason of the assigned stage, the other the reason of arousing aspiration: deferring to the superior is not mere courtesy, but something the dharma gate of assigned stages itself requires.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that this is a courteous self-effacement. If it were self-effacement, why should there follow eleven sentences of “how then could I know their wondrous practices, distinguish their merits …”—every one of which points out one particular thing he cannot do. Brought down to the ground: to know which one it is that one knows is harder than to know a great deal.

Pointing to the Next Friend: The Place Named Ocean Tide, the Grove Named Universal Adornment, the Friend Named Fulfilled Vow

Ocean Banner points Sudhana southward and shows three names: the dwelling place Ocean Tide, the grove Universal Adornment, and the laywoman Fulfilled Vow. Chengguan has a gloss upon each of the three names. Of the name of the place, Ocean Tide, he first says “it only says that there is a place, and so it is still the former land,” and then glosses its sense: “as for saying Ocean Tide, that is, the place the tide reaches, displaying that skillful means, meeting what suits the occasion, does not pass beyond its bound.” The tide has a place it reaches and places it does not reach, which signifies exactly that the answering of skillful means to what suits the occasion has its bound. And he adds one sense further: “it is likewise because he is about to enter the ocean of birth-and-death so as to save things.”

Of the name of the grove, Universal Adornment, Chengguan divides it in terms of appearance and in terms of signification: “stated in terms of appearance, it is because there are widely many adornments; stated in terms of signification, it is because birth-and-death is taken for the garden and the myriad practices for the adornment.” Of the name of the friend, Fulfilled Vow, he transmits three renderings: “this here means intent and delight, and it is also said hoping, and it is also said fulfilling the vow, that is, because the intent and delight and hoping of beings obtain fulfillment.”

In glossing the name of the place, Ocean Tide, Chengguan has one further sentence that matters: “displaying that the practice of skillful means is not apart from wisdom.” The Yanyi chao sets out the reason for this, saying “since the understanding of the conventional comes by realizing the true, therefore subsequent knowledge is spoken of, making clear that it is not apart”—skillful means is subsequent knowledge, and the reason subsequent knowledge is not apart from wisdom is precisely that the power to understand the conventional comes from realizing the true; a telling of the conventional cut off from the realizing of the true would not be subsequent knowledge at all. Chengguan says further of Ocean Tide that it is “because he is able to know the ocean of the Dharma of the Buddhas of the three times,” and therefore the dharma gate of the section above is named “the ocean treasury”; and here the Chao rehearses a text from elsewhere in this sūtra as its ground: this bodhisattva should be exhorted to study ten kinds of vast dharmas, and those dharmas are set out as five pairs—“telling that one is many and telling that many are one” is the pair of one and many; “the letter following upon the sense and the sense following upon the letter” is the pair of letter and sense; “what is not existent is existent and what is existent is not existent” is the pair of existent and not existent; “the markless is the mark and the mark is the markless” is the pair of mark and markless; “what is without nature is nature and nature is without nature” is the pair of nature and without nature. All five pairs are two ends that are at once each other, and for that reason it is named the vast ocean of the Dharma—and from this the name “ocean treasury” is set up.

And as for why this stage is a monk and the next stage a laywoman, Chengguan sets down one sentence directly: “because the wisdom before understands the true, it is assigned to a monk; because this one enters the common world by the skillful means of a kindly mind, it is assigned to a laywoman.” The judgment of what a stage is assigned to is Chengguan's outline received from the ancient worthies, and is not marked by the sūtra text of itself. Brought down to the ground: this one turn from monk to laywoman is a turn from understanding the true to entering the common world.

Cherishing His Virtue, Bowing, and Taking Leave: What He Obtained from This One

The last stretch is Sudhana's taking of leave. The sūtra text first lists what he obtained—obtaining a firm body, gaining the wealth of the wondrous Dharma, entering deep objective realms, his wisdom bright and clear, his samādhi shining, abiding in a pure understanding, getting sight of the deep Dharma, his mind abiding securely in the many pure gates, and the light of his wisdom filling the ten directions; next it lists the acts of respect he performed—casting the five parts of his body to the ground, bowing to his feet, circling him measureless times, and gazing up with reverence; and last it lists what he held—holding his name, calling to mind his bearing, holding in mind his voice, pondering his samādhi and the objective realm practiced by his great vows, and receiving the pure light of his wisdom.

Chengguan's outline of this section stops at the pointing to the next friend, and for this stretch he sets up no separate heading.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that cherishing his virtue, bowing, and taking leave is a set phrase. What is held in this stretch is five matters, and their order is the name, the bearing, the voice, the samādhi and the objective realm of the great vows, and the pure light of wisdom—from the outward appearance inward to what is realized. Brought down to the ground: what one carries away when leaving a good friend decides whether he still counts as a good friend upon oneself.

Lineage

The text of this section opens five lines of flow onward.

The first is the line of a stage gathering in the stages. Fazang's Huayan jing zhigui takes this section for an example, saying that within the ten abodes and the rest each gathers in all the stages and each is possessed of two gates. As for the two gates, the Zhigui marks their names itself: the one is “the gate in which the whole mark of a stage is it,” that is, one stage is wholly every stage, and therefore “where the ten faiths are full one becomes a Buddha at once”; the other is “the gate in which the stages support one another,” that is, within one stage every stage is possessed, “as within the ten faiths there are the ten abodes and on to the ten grounds.” The former tells identity, the latter possession: with identity there is no order of stages to divide, with possession stage supports stage—both are a gathering in of stages, but the one is told crosswise and the other upright. And Chengguan, among the thirty-two rains of Dharma, judges ten rains of Dharma to be the ten abodes, and says that this is stated in terms of a stage gathering in the stages. What the two houses set up is one and the same axis—that within one stage all stages are gathered in, and this is the most essential sentence for reading this section in the line of the Huayan house.

The second is the line of distinguishing the śrāvakas. Fazang's Huayan yisheng jiaoyi fenqi zhang discusses why śrāvakas are present in the ninth assembly, and what its base text tells is that the six thousand monks gathered in outside the assembly by Mañjuśrī are not the assembly cited before, that all of them are already within the three vehicles, and that they are turned toward the One Vehicle; while other witnesses keep at the same place a further reading, that these are not those śrāvakas and are to be measured by such as the monk Ocean Banner—taking the śrāvakas that come forth from his back as the standard of the distinguishing. What the base text points to is the six thousand monks gathered in outside the assembly by Mañjuśrī, and what the variant reading points to is the śrāvakas that come forth from the back of Ocean Banner, taken as the standard of the distinguishing: the two do not point to the same thing. Its context above and below belongs to a different stretch of discussion and is not a gloss upon this section; both readings are recorded, and which is right is not judged.

The third is the line of the divergent glosses of the several houses, each having its own track, recorded without judgment. As to the outline of this section, Chengguan marks “the text has but five,” and yet within his gloss he separately names four—holding the teaching in mind and seeking on; seeing, paying respect, and inquiring (divided into the seeing and paying respect first and the inquiring after, this latter half being what is called “second, the direct making clear of the inquiring”); humbling oneself and deferring to the superior; and pointing to the next friend. The fifth heading, upon the last stretch, Chengguan does not separately name within his gloss upon this section; this is recorded as it stands, and is not supplied in his stead. Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle text, opens seven gates under “the right receiving of samādhi”; Zhiyan makes three stretches and within the right realization opens five again; and Li Tongxuan marks off word for word the beginning and end of this stretch of the sūtra text and “divides it in brief into five gates,” opening five further gates for the advancing upward, and setting up twenty-three dharma gates upon the ocean of assemblies coming forth from the body. As to the gloss upon the name Ocean Banner, Fazang transmits two statements of the men of old, one saying that the concentration is deep as an ocean and the knowledge surpassing as a banner, and one saying that the body in concentration standing out alone is named a banner and its workings being many is called an ocean; and Li Tongxuan says “to make clear that, stated in terms of virtue, the wisdom is like an ocean, and that it is able to break the place of the karma and confusion of beings, it is named a banner. A banner has the sense of crushing and ruining.” As to the judgment of the substance of the concentration, Chengguan takes together the two readings of the concentration of the cessation of feeling and perception and of the fourth dhyāna, while Li Tongxuan says directly “it is not like the two vehicles, who make a realization of quiescent extinction,” and does not divide two concentrations. As to what six months and six days signify, Chengguan attaches them to the one sense of fulfilling the sixth perfection within the sixth abode, and Li Tongxuan matches them stretch by stretch to six items. As to the number of the sentences upon the working, Li Tongxuan calls them twenty-two kinds of unobstructed dharmas. Li Tongxuan further sets up a statement in terms of principal and companions, holding that at this stage “the prajñā-pāramitā is principal and the other nine are companions,” and that the counteracting of principal and companions has two gates: “stated in terms of the gate of knowledge, all the stages counteract in common,” so that told from the side of knowledge every stage counteracts the sickness; “the sixth pāramitā counteracts in particular the obstruction by which stillness and function are not sovereign, whether in the world or beyond it,” so that told from the side of the stages this one perfection counteracts in particular the obstruction of stillness and function not being sovereign. He points out as well that the kindness and compassion of this stage has its bound—“he obtains only the kindness of pure practice undefiled, and does not obtain the doing of the same practice as beings and the same affairs as beings without a single thing going against them”—and therefore the next stage takes a laywoman to signify the kindness that enters the common world, while this stage takes a monk to signify the undefiled kindness beyond the world. These divergent glosses are all settled statements of the ancient worthies.

The fourth is a line of judgment upon the concentration of cessation, and it comes from Zhiyan. The chapter on the concentration of cessation in his Huayan jing kongmu zhang divides that concentration into three: the One Vehicle, the three vehicles, and the lesser vehicle. In judging the sense of the One Vehicle he takes this very section as his evidence, saying “as when the monk Ocean Banner entered the concentration of cessation and, upon his own body, sent forth clouds of Dharma-realm bodies benefiting beings”—function accomplished upon the substance of his own body, without waiting to transform into a different body. For the three vehicles, “upon one's own body the accomplishing of function is not spoken of; rather one transforms into a different body,” and a different body must be borrowed before the function of benefiting others is accomplished. For the lesser vehicle there is “no mark of going together and benefiting others,” and even that mark is absent. What divides the three judgments is precisely whether function can be accomplished upon the substance itself—and the assemblies coming forth at fourteen places in this section and doing their work throughout the Dharma realm are exactly the pattern of function accomplished upon the substance. In the same chapter Zhiyan further divides the substance and the stage of obtaining. As to the substance: the concentration of cessation of the One Vehicle takes the Dharma realm for its substance, while the substance of the concentration of the three vehicles is suchness, the real nature. As to the obtaining: if stated in terms of the stages of the lesser vehicle, twelve persons obtain it; in the round teaching it is obtained at six stations; if stated in terms of those who advance straight on in the initial teaching and the like and turn the mind about, it is obtained as at the seventh ground; and if it be those who turn the mind about from the mature teaching and the like, then according to the marks of the stations of the separate ten grounds of the round teaching it is obtained at the eighth ground, obtaining that concentration of cessation of the One Vehicle—the ground of which is that the concentration of cessation of the three vehicles has already been obtained before. Thus the stage of obtaining in each teaching is told bound to its own condition, and not as one rule for all.

The fifth is the line in which the three translations are read against one another. This section is preserved in full in the forty-fascicle text as well, and it and the eighty-fascicle text have each what the other has not. The village he comes to reads in the forty-fascicle text “the village Without Defilement.” After the entering of concentration the forty-fascicle text sets up a separate stretch marking in general the ground of the body-clouds, which the eighty-fascicle text has not. In the counteractings of the two vehicles from the back the forty-fascicle text has nine pairs, more than the eight of the eighty. In the ten perfections told from the head, the eighty-fascicle text brings out the names of six and leaves the last four stretches without the names, while the forty-fascicle text marks all ten one by one, its text several times broader. In the stretch of the nets of light from the pores the forty-fascicle text opens a further stretch, in which Sudhana sees within the nets of light the practice of the ten perfections that Ocean Banner cultivated of old, which the eighty-fascicle text likewise has not. The third name of the samādhi reads in the forty-fascicle text “the Equal and Pure Universal Adornment Gate,” two graphs longer. And the name of the next friend is not Fulfilled Vow in the forty-fascicle text but the king's consort, the laywoman Īśānā, though the grove is alike named Universal Adornment. Among the thirty-two rains of Dharma those who receive the Dharma differ as well—the first of the heavenly classes is the beings of the form realm in the eighty-fascicle text, and the gods of the formless realm in the forty-fascicle text: not only are the names of what is rained broader, but the capacities that are reached differ. Each of the three keeps what is its own, and none is altered to match another.

Of the text of one section, the former half is looking and the latter half is asking. Only after looking six months and six days more could those two sentences be asked—the sequence of this section lies wholly upon this one word ‘only.’

考據Apparatus

善財第六友海幢比丘,是本會第一個『不開口說法』的善知識——善財到時他已入定,善財只能站著看,一看六月又六日。全子三千九百字,過半是定中身分出眾之相:從足下至頂上十四處,處處出眾,處處作業,末以毛孔光明網總收。澄觀科此子「文但有五」,而於十四處逐一釋其所以然,於頂上所出佛身之三十二種法雨又判「前十二法雨為菩薩、餘為雜類」,並指其中十法雨「即十住」。三昧有三名,澄觀判「初一從智立、次一雙就境智、後一雙融境智立名」。定體之判,澄觀通取滅受想定與第四禪二解,並引《淨名》「不起滅定而現諸威儀」證此位寂用無礙。六月六日之表位,澄觀繫「第六住中滿第六度」,李通玄則逐節配檀·七支戒·忍·精進·第六住·第六度六目,二說並存。本節無偈頌。


一、科判定位

科判系統此節經文 之位
底本 T279 三十九品品三十九 入法界品(第九會 逝多林);海幢比丘=卷六十三末–卷六十四〔T10n0279 0340b02〕–〔0343a09 前〕
澄觀《華嚴經疏》本節正釋起〔T35n1735 0928c13〕「第六海幢,寄正心住」,訖於第七休捨優婆夷前〔0930b13〕
澄觀《演義鈔》釋「寄正心住」之所以〔T36n1736 0672b26–0672c09〕
法藏《探玄記》(六十華嚴疏)「第六正心住中」〔T35n1733 0460b05〕起
李通玄《新華嚴經論》釋名〔T36n1739 0960b28〕起;正入當位門五分〔0960c02〕;身出眾海二十三種法門〔0960c16〕;昇進五門〔0961c14〕
智儼《搜玄記》「第六正心住位菩薩」〔T35n1732 0092c04–0092c23〕

澄觀之五分科——本節之骨:

〔T35n1735 0928c13〕「第六海幢,寄正心住。文但有五:初念教趣求,文顯可知。第二「乃見其人」〔T35n1735 0928c14〕下見敬諮問,中二:先見敬、後「善財童子讚言」〔T35n1735 0928c15〕下諮問。」

見敬一分復開五:

「文中有五:一見入定相、二覩定勝用、三瞻敬證入、四所經時分、五覩從定起。」〔T35n1735 0928c17–0928c19〕

覩定勝用又開二,前者即十四處出眾:

〔T35n1735 0929a01〕「二「從其足」〔T35n1735 0929a01〕下見定業用,中二:先別明身分作用處別、後「海幢比丘又於其身」〔T35n1735 0929a02〕下總顯毛孔光明業用。今初,總十四處作用不同。總相而明,從下至上漸漸增勝。別則各表不同」

諮問以下三分:

「第二正明諮問,中二:先讚、後問。」〔T35n1735 0930a02〕

〔T35n1735 0930a29〕「第三謙己推勝中,初謙己知一;後「如諸」〔T35n1735 0930b01〕下推勝,中二:先舉彼所知、後「而我」〔T35n1735 0930b02〕下顯不能測。第四指示後友中,處名海潮者」

澄觀此窗之科止於指示後友;底本末段之戀德禮辭文「時,善財童子於海幢比丘所,得堅固身」〔T10n0279 0342c23〕以下,澄觀於本節窗內未別立科目,據實標闕。

法藏之七分科(就六十本·名與次皆異於澄觀):

〔T35n1733 0460b17〕「第四從「三昧正受」〔T35n1733 0460b17〕下正示法界。於中七,初辨法體、二示法界業用、三令善財觀證法界、四出定歎德、五問答現名、六問答現用、七結唯知一。」

智儼之三分科:

〔T35n1732 0092c04〕「第六正心住位菩薩,比丘名海幢,入普眼捨得法門,亦名清淨光明般若波羅蜜境界,有三:初勸教趣入、二「時善財」〔T35n1732 0092c06〕下依教進入、三三昧正受。」

李通玄之二門二十三法門:

〔T36n1739 0960c02〕「第一正入當位門中,從「爾時善財童子一心正念」〔T36n1739 0960c02〕已下至「我唯知此一般若波羅蜜三昧光明」〔T36n1739 0960c03〕此一段經,約分為五門」

「從第五身出眾海十方教化中,約有二十三種法門。」〔T36n1739 0960c16–0960c17〕


二、術語

漢古德傳梵(羅馬字·發音輔助)所徵精義
海幢—本節「周遍求覓海幢比丘」〔T10n0279 0340b11〕第六善友之名;法藏傳古人二釋「定深如海,智勝若幢」〔T35n1733 0460b07〕/「定身獨出名幢,業用繁多云海」〔T35n1733 0460b08–b09〕
正心住—澄觀「第六海幢,寄正心住」〔T35n1735 0928c13〕十住之第六;《鈔》釋所以「聞讚毀真正其心念不動故」〔T36n1736 0672b28–0672c01〕。經文於頂上三十二法雨中作「成就正心位」〔T10n0279 0342a01〕,無「正心住」之稱
摩利聚落—本節「至閻浮提畔摩利聚落」〔T10n0279 0340b10–b11〕海幢所住之處;六十本作「莊嚴閻浮提頂國」〔T09n0278 0695b20–b21〕,李通玄云「有一國土名摩利伽羅者,此梵本未譯」〔T36n1739 0960b27–b28〕
經行地—本節「乃見其在經行地側結跏趺坐」〔T10n0279 0340b11–b12〕往來行道之地;澄觀「又經行地側,是動之所」〔T35n1735 0928c28–0928c29〕
滅受想定—澄觀「一即滅受想定,謂無別思覺,七轉已息,唯第八識持身」〔T35n1735 0928c20–0928c21〕澄觀所判本節定體二解之一
那髀曼陀羅nābhi-maṇḍala(古德音寫作「那髀曼陀羅」·此依澄觀所傳)澄觀「梵本云那髀曼陀羅,此云臍輪」〔T35n1735 0929a12〕臍輪;澄觀釋「腰」之所以出仙人
卐字—本節「從胸前卐字中」〔T10n0279 0340c12–c13〕佛之胸相;澄觀作「德相」,云「五於胸德相出脩羅者」〔T35n1735 0929a13–a14〕。六十本作「從胸德字」〔T09n0278 0695c16–c17〕
阿僧祇—(「阿僧祇」本即古傳音寫)本節「一一皆出阿僧祇佛剎微塵數光明網」〔T10n0279 0342a22〕不可數之大數名
普眼捨得—本節「此三昧名:普眼捨得」〔T10n0279 0342b22〕三昧三名之首;澄觀「般若之智照一切法故名普眼,皆無所得故云捨得」〔T35n1735 0930a12–a13〕
般若波羅蜜prajñā-pāramitā(古德所傳音寫作「般若波羅蜜」)本節「我以修習般若波羅蜜故」〔T10n0279 0342b23–b24〕六度之六;本住之主行
海潮—本節「有一住處,名曰:海潮」〔T10n0279 0342c20–c21〕後友之住處;澄觀「謂潮所至處,顯方便就機不過限故」〔T35n1735 0930b04–b05〕
休捨—本節「有優婆夷,名曰:休捨」〔T10n0279 0342c21〕第七善友之名;澄觀「此云意樂,亦云希望,亦云滿願」〔T35n1735 0930b10〕;李通玄「此云滿願,自滿本願」〔T36n1739 0961c25〕

三、譬喻·修辭

(一) 身分出眾之空間修辭——十四處自足下至頂上,其序即身之自下而上。澄觀直指此序之義:「總相而明,從下至上漸漸增勝。別則各表不同」〔T35n1735 0929a04–a05〕。所出之眾亦自世間仁士(長者·居士·婆羅門)而上至如來身,與處之高下相應。此為本節最大之一組修辭。

(二) 逐處取譬之體例——澄觀於十四處各繫一取譬之由,其式為『此處有某義,故出某眾』:

  • 足:「足有二義:一最初故,多顯施行,萬行首故;二行住義」〔T35n1735 0929a05–a06〕
  • 膝:「土田帝主屈申自在故。行由於膝,故出淨行」〔0929a08–a09〕
  • 腰:「腰謂臍輪之下、氣海之間,是吐故納新、出仙之所故」〔0929a10–a11〕
  • 脇:「是旁生故」〔0929a13〕
  • 胸:「胸是能生能滅憍慢幻術之所故,又明德相能降魔故」〔0929a14–a15〕
  • 背:「背大乘故」〔0929a15〕
  • 肩:「肩是可畏勇力之所故,又是荷負之所故,為守護業」〔0929a16–a17〕
  • 腹:「鼓腹絃歌音樂之所故」〔0929a18〕
  • 面門:「布十善令向佛法故」〔0929a19〕
  • 目:「目等日照故」〔0929a20〕
  • 眉間:「於地居中最尊勝故,中道般若化眾生故,令離五欲得淨法故」〔0929a20–a21〕
  • 額:「梵王超欲故次於眉上,又是稽顙請法之所故」〔0929a22–a23〕
  • 頭:「最上首故。說十度行,並顯可知」〔0929a24–a25〕
  • 頂:「尊極無上故」〔0929a25〕

(三) 日輪互放色光之交錯修辭——兩目所出日輪一段,經文以國土之寶色與所放光色兩兩互換而下:「白銀國土放黃金色光,黃金國土放白銀色光,瑠璃國土放玻瓈色光,玻瓈國土放瑠璃色光」〔T10n0279 0341b10–b12〕,以至「一寶所成國土放種種寶色光,種種寶所成國土放一寶色光」〔0341b16–b17〕。以交錯為文,顯所放之光不隨所依之質。

(四) 法雨之喻——頂上所出如來身「為一切世間普雨法雨」〔T10n0279 0341c25〕,下開三十二別。以雨喻法之普霑與應機——所霑之地不同,所雨之名亦不同。六十本此處作「甘露法雲」〔T09n0278 0696c12〕,以雲代雨。

(五) 王饍喻(澄觀)——澄觀於善財既已修入而更問三昧之名,設一喻解之:「上既修入,何更問名?其猶世人得大王饍,雖飡勝味,何必知名?」〔T35n1735 0930a09–a10〕以食味與知名分屬二事。

(六) 排比之三組——本節長行有三組整齊排比:善財出定後之總讚十句,句句以「如此三昧」起〔T10n0279 0342b05–b10〕;讚所因二十句,句句以「故」結〔0342b11–b20〕;答用二十二句,句句以「無所障礙」結〔0342b26–0342c13〕。三組皆無偈頌承之,本節偈行為零。


四、異譯對勘

本節經文要句之漢譯校本:實叉難陀 T279(底本·卷六十三末–卷六十四)· 佛馱跋陀羅 T278(晉譯六十華嚴〈入法界品第三十四〉·卷四十八)· 般若 T293(貞元四十華嚴〈入不思議解脫境界普賢行願品〉·卷六末–卷七)。三本俱存本節,逐句對列如下。

句一 念前教與趣求之處

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279爾時,善財童子一心正念彼長者教,觀察彼長者教,憶念彼不思議菩薩解脫門T10n0279 0340b02–b03
佛馱 T278爾時,善財童子正念思惟解脫長者教,念不可思議菩薩法門T09n0278 0695b12–b13
般若 T293爾時,善財童子一心正念彼長者教,隨順觀察,如說修行;憶持彼不思議菩薩解脫門T10n0293 0688b18–b19
實叉 T279漸次南行,至閻浮提畔摩利聚落,周遍求覓海幢比丘T10n0279 0340b10–b11
佛馱 T278漸趣南方,至莊嚴閻浮提頂國,周遍推求海幢比丘T09n0278 0695b20–b21
般若 T293如是觀察,漸次南行,向閻浮提畔無垢聚落,周遍尋覓海幢比丘T10n0293 0688b26–b27

異文所繫:(甲) 80 之「不思議」十一見,60 作「不可思議」。(乙) 處名異——80 作「閻浮提畔摩利聚落」,60 作「莊嚴閻浮提頂國」;一作「畔」,一作「頂」。法藏就六十本釋云「國名頂者,此在閻浮最南畔處,故云頂也」〔T35n1733 0460b05–b06〕。(丙) 60 於「解脫長者」直稱其名,80 唯作「彼長者」。誌錄不判。

四十本所繫:40 本之處名作「閻浮提畔無垢聚落」〔T10n0293 0688b26–b27〕,與上列二本之處名俱異。又 40 本於念前教之後、南行之前,別加一句「如是觀察」〔T10n0293 0688b26〕;其念前教所列之目亦與 80 不全同,末二句作「修集彼不思議菩薩淨業,發起彼不思議廣大誓願」〔T10n0293 0688b24–b26〕。誌錄不判。

句二 入定之相

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279乃見其在經行地側結跏趺坐,入于三昧,離出入息,無別思覺,身安不動T10n0279 0340b11–b13
佛馱 T278見在靜處,結跏趺坐,三昧正受,滅出入息,身安不動,寂然無覺T09n0278 0695b21–b23
般若 T293乃見處在經行林側,結跏趺坐,端身正念,離出入息,無別思覺,住不思議廣大三昧T10n0293 0688b27–b29

異文所繫:(甲) 所坐之處,80 作「經行地側」,60 作「靜處」——澄觀就八十本立「經行地側,是動之所」〔T35n1735 0928c28–c29〕之表詮,六十本無此文。(乙) 「入于三昧」/「三昧正受」;「離出入息」/「滅出入息」;「無別思覺」/「寂然無覺」,且末二句之次第互倒。誌錄不判。

四十本所繫:40 本所坐之處作「經行林側」〔T10n0293 0688b27〕,與 80 一字之異;其定相之語作「端身正念,離出入息,無別思覺」〔T10n0293 0688b28〕。又 40 本於入定之後、身分出眾之前,別立一段總標身雲之緣,作「於其身上,從頂至足,一切肢分,一切毛孔,悉現無量不思議數同自身相一切身雲」〔T10n0293 0688c01–c02〕,並以十句明其所為,為 80·60 二本所無。誌錄不判。

句三 背上所出二乘之對治配當

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279為著我者,說無有我;為執常者,說一切行皆悉無常;為貪行者,說不淨觀;為瞋行者,說慈心觀;為癡行者,說緣起觀T10n0279 0340c25–c28
佛馱 T278著我見者,教不淨觀;貪欲多者,教慈心觀;瞋恚多者,教緣起觀;愚癡多者,教方便智,觀察諸法T09n0278 0695c28–0696a01
般若 T293為執我者說無有我,為執常者說行無常,為貪行者說不淨觀,為瞋行者說慈心觀,為癡行者說緣起觀T10n0293 0689b23–b25

異文所繫:此為二本最顯之一組結構異形。表中所引為二本前段之逐字,全段實計:80 八對〔0340c25–0341a01〕——著我·執常·貪行·瞋行·癡行·等分行·樂著境界·樂著寂靜處,對法為無有我·一切行皆悉無常·不淨觀·慈心觀·緣起觀·與智慧相應境界法·無所有法·發大誓願普饒益一切眾生法;60 七對〔0695c28–0696a02〕——著我見·貪欲多·瞋恚多·愚癡多·等分·著境界·樂寂滅,對法為不淨觀·慈心觀·緣起觀·方便智觀察諸法·無著法·妙願境界·入諸趣。所治與能治之配當二本不同:80 以不淨觀對貪、慈心觀對瞋、緣起觀對癡;60 以不淨觀對我見、慈心觀對貪欲、緣起觀對瞋恚、方便智對愚癡。末三對之對法二本亦異。誌錄不判。

四十本所繫:40 本此段之對治作「為執我者說無有我,為執常者說行無常,為貪行者說不淨觀,為瞋行者說慈心觀,為癡行者說緣起觀,為等分者說與智慧相應境界」〔T10n0293 0689b23–b26〕,前六對之配當同 80 而異 60。其下復別出「為遍耽滯五欲境界,說離諸欲無染著性」〔T10n0293 0689b28〕一對,全段實計九對,多於 80 之八對、60 之七對。誌錄不判。

句四 面門所出輪王之十善配當

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279令其永斷不與取行……令其永斷邪婬之行;令生慈心,不斷生命;令其究竟常真實語……令攝他語,不行離間;令柔軟語,無有麁惡;令常演說甚深決定明了之義,不作無義綺飾言辭T10n0279 0341a25–b01
佛馱 T278為諸群生,歎離殺盜邪婬之法,修習慈心,常說愛語,饒益眾生;除滅妄語,遠離惡口;攝取眾生,遠離兩舌;說和合語,離無義語T09n0278 0696a25–a28
般若 T293令斷十惡,修行十善。所謂:一切屠獵、漁捕、暴惡眾生令起慈悲,不斷生命T10n0293 0690a07–a08

異文所繫:二本皆就十善立文,而 80 逐支別出(不與取·邪婬·殺·妄語·離間·麁惡·綺語,並下接貪·瞋·邪見三支),60 則以「歎離殺盜邪婬之法」一句總攝身三,語四逐支別出。澄觀就八十本判此段曰「布十善令向佛法故」〔T35n1735 0929a19〕,《演義鈔》復按〔T36n1736 0672c01〕「疏「布十善令向佛法故」〔T36n1736 0672c01〕者,經文自具,細尋可知」。誌錄不判。

四十本所繫:40 本此段先標一總句「令斷十惡,修行十善」〔T10n0293 0690a07〕,而後逐支別出;又七支(殺·盜·妄語·綺語·貪·瞋·邪見)於支前明其所對之機,如「一切屠獵、漁捕、暴惡眾生令起慈悲,不斷生命」〔T10n0293 0690a07–a08〕、「多貪欲者,令其少欲」〔T10n0293 0690a16–a17〕、「多怒害者令除瞋恚」〔T10n0293 0690a17–a18〕、「墮見網者為說實義」〔T10n0293 0690a19–a20〕;邪婬·離間·麁惡三支則不然。80 逐支別出而不先標總句,60 則以一句總攝身三。誌錄不判。

句五 頂上所出佛身之三十二法雨

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279為坐菩提道場諸菩薩,雨普知平等法雨;為灌頂位諸菩薩,雨入普門法雨;為法王子位諸菩薩,雨普莊嚴法雨;為童子位諸菩薩,雨堅固山法雨T10n0279 0341c26–c28
佛馱 T278為坐道場菩薩,雨平等法雲;為灌頂菩薩,雨普門法雲;為深忍菩薩,雨普莊嚴法雲;為童真菩薩,雨堅固山法雲T09n0278 0696c12–c15
般若 T293為坐菩提場諸菩薩雨大法雨,名平等現前智;為灌頂位諸菩薩雨大法雨,名普門法界T10n0293 0691b27–b29
實叉 T279為修行位諸菩薩,雨普悲愍法雨;為新學諸菩薩,雨積集藏法雨;為初發心諸菩薩,雨攝眾生法雨T10n0279 0342a04–a05
佛馱 T278為修行菩薩,雨厭離法雲;為治地菩薩,雨長養法藏法雲;為初發心菩薩,雨精進法雲T09n0278 0696c18–c20
實叉 T279為諸厄難處眾生,雨普安慰法雨。悉令得入賢聖眾會T10n0279 0342a19–a20
佛馱 T278為餓鬼處,雨正希望法雲;悉令眾生向賢聖門T09n0278 0697a04–a05

異文所繫:(甲) 名之異——80 通作「法雨」,60 通作「法雲」。(乙) 二本此段皆三十二別(底本逐字計;澄觀判「總有三十二種,前十二法雨為菩薩、餘為雜類」〔T35n1735 0929a28–a29〕)。(丙) 受法者之名多異:80「法王子位」/60「深忍」;80「童子位」/60「童真」;80「成就正心位」/60「成就直心」;80「方便具足位」/60「方便道」;80「新學」/60「治地」;80「信解」/60「信行者」;80「諸忉利天」/60「帝釋天」;80「諸魔眾」/60「魔天王」;80「諸厄難處眾生」/60「餓鬼處」。(丁) 所雨之名亦多異:80「普悲愍」/60「厭離」;80「積集藏」/60「長養法藏」;80「攝眾生」/60「精進」;80「金剛輪」/60「自在圓滿」(乾闥婆王);80「無邊光明」/60「無量世界」(迦樓羅王);80「大休息」/60「寂靜」(摩睺羅伽王);80「普安慰」/60「正希望」。誌錄不判。

四十本所繫:40 本此段亦三十二別(底本逐字計),而通作『雨大法雨,名某某』之式,如「為坐菩提場諸菩薩雨大法雨,名平等現前智」〔T10n0293 0691b27–b28〕、「為不退位諸菩薩雨大法雨,名普遍莊嚴平等海藏」〔T10n0293 0691c02–c03〕。所雨之名多加廣,受法者之名亦異,如首一天眾作「為無色界諸天雨大法雨,名普門智無盡藏」〔T10n0293 0691c12–c13〕。誌錄不判。

句六 三昧三名與謙己指友

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279此三昧名:普眼捨得,又名:般若波羅蜜境界清淨光明,又名:普莊嚴清淨門T10n0279 0342b22–b23
佛馱 T278此三昧名普眼捨得,又名清淨光明般若波羅蜜境界,又名清淨莊嚴普門T09n0278 0697b03–b05
般若 T293此三昧名普眼捨得,亦名般若波羅蜜境界清淨光明,亦名平等清淨普莊嚴門T10n0293 0693a10–a11
實叉 T279善男子!我唯知此一般若波羅蜜三昧光明T10n0279 0342c13
佛馱 T278善男子!我唯知此清淨光明般若波羅蜜三昧法門T09n0278 0697b25–b26
實叉 T279汝往彼問:菩薩云何學菩薩行、修菩薩道T10n0279 0342c22–c23
佛馱 T278汝詣彼問云何菩薩修菩薩道、淨菩薩道T09n0278 0697c07–c08

異文所繫:(甲) 三昧第二名,80 作「般若波羅蜜境界清淨光明」,60 作「清淨光明般若波羅蜜境界」——語序互倒。第三名 80 作「普莊嚴清淨門」,60 作「清淨莊嚴普門」。(乙) 答用之句數,80 二十二句「無所障礙」(底本逐字計),60 二十三句〔T09n0278 0697b08–b25〕(該窗「無所障礙」逐字二十三見,一處以「,」隔),而句義次第與辭彙互異(如 80「了知一切世界」/60「分別一切世界」;80「超過一切世界」/60「究竟一切世界」)。(丙) 請問之語,80 作「云何學菩薩行、修菩薩道」二事,60 作「修菩薩道、淨菩薩道」二事。(丁) 60 於辭退之後別有一段善財念善知識之文(「因善知識,得見諸佛」以下)〔T09n0278 0697c15–c24〕,並就下一節之園林先作廣敘〔T09n0278 0697c24–0698b05〕。80 本非無此文,乃切界不同——其對應之念善知識文在本節所訖之後、次節之首〔T10n0279 0343a09–a11〕,園林之敘復在其下;三本於辭退·念教·後友園林之界各異,屬跨節對位。誌錄不判。

四十本所繫:40 本三名之第三作「亦名平等清淨普莊嚴門」〔T10n0293 0693a11〕,較 80·60 二本多二字;其修習之因作「我以修習此平等清淨普莊嚴門而為上首,具足圓滿百萬阿僧祇最勝最尊無比三昧」〔T10n0293 0693a12–a14〕,以此門為上首而統百萬阿僧祇三昧。後友之名亦異——40 本作「王有夫人名伊舍那,為優婆夷,止住此林修菩薩行」〔T10n0293 0693b21–b22〕,園名普莊嚴而其人非休捨。誌錄不判。

句七 四十本獨廣之二事

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279又為讚歎禪波羅蜜,令其一切心得自在;又為演說般若波羅蜜,開示正見T10n0279 0341c13–c14
般若 T293普遍十方一切世界稱揚讚歎一切諸佛往昔所行檀波羅蜜,施者、受者、及所施物并所隨順相應行海T10n0293 0690c11–c13
實叉 T279海幢比丘又於其身一切毛孔,一一皆出阿僧祇佛剎微塵數光明網T10n0279 0342a21–a23
般若 T293爾時,善財復於如是大光網中,悉見海幢往昔所修一切菩薩三世所行檀波羅蜜T10n0293 0692a14–a16

異文所繫:(甲) 頭上所出菩薩眾說十度行,80 本六度明出其名而後四段不出度名〔T10n0279 0341c04–c22〕;40 本則十度逐一明標,每度並繫「并所隨順相應行海」〔T10n0293 0690c13〕之語,其文起〔T10n0293 0690c07〕訖〔T10n0293 0691b21〕,廣於 80 本數倍。(乙) 毛孔光網一段,80 本止於光網具色相·莊嚴·境界·事業四事〔T10n0279 0342a21–a24〕;40 本則於光網中更開一段,令善財「悉見海幢往昔所修」〔T10n0293 0692a15〕一切菩薩三世所行之十波羅蜜,訖於〔T10n0293 0692c04〕,為 80·60 二本所無。誌錄不判。


五、宗義之經據〔眼〕

(一) 寂用無礙——不起滅定而現威儀。本節之經文自身即是一組矛盾:入定者「離出入息,無別思覺,身安不動」〔T10n0279 0340b12–b13〕,而同時十四處出眾遍法界作業。澄觀判此定體通取二解,並以《淨名》證之:

〔T35n1735 0928c19〕「今初,此通二定:一即滅受想定,謂無別思覺,七轉已息,唯第八識持身,定前加行誓願力故,令於定身起諸業用。若圓教中,融攝法界自在無礙故,業用無方未曾起念,是以六地能入滅定,而起通用,住似地故。《淨名》云「不起滅定而現諸威儀」〔T35n1735 0928c24〕,正當此也。二者即第四禪,以起用多依彼故。」

又就「經行地側」一語立表詮:

「又經行地側,是動之所。而滅思覺者,表即動而寂故。而言側者,不住行故。」〔T35n1735 0928c28–0929a01〕

(二) 其中十法雨即十住,首一妙覺、末一十信,其序逆上。頂上所出佛身三十二法雨,澄觀判前十二為菩薩,而於其中十法雨明指即十住:

〔T35n1735 0929b03〕「二「普門法雨者」〔T35n1735 0929b03〕下十法雨,即十住者,圓教位中十住位滿便成佛故,此前更無別位。此約以位攝位,非一乘宗,餘無此說。然此十法皆是勸學,十法已住自分,勸勝進故。」

首一與末一則各有所屬——首「普知平等」屬妙覺,末一屬十信:

「今初,一普知平等法雨者,略有三等:一始覺同本,無始本之異故;二等諸佛故;三生佛一性故。得此三等,則轉成妙覺。」〔T35n1735 0929a29–0929b02〕

「十二即十信菩薩,令普緣如來及普賢無盡境界而生信心,分明現前進入位故。」〔T35n1735 0929b19–0929b21〕

(三) 三名之立次——從智·雙就境智·雙融境智。三昧三名,澄觀判其立名之所依各異,並引《智論》證第三名:

「答:有三名者,初一從智立、次一雙就境智、後一雙融境智立名。普眼捨得者,般若之智照一切法故名普眼,皆無所得故云捨得。若有所得,不能即寂而用;以無所得即無所不得,菩薩無得心無罣礙,諸佛無得則得菩提。」〔T35n1735 0930a10–0930a16〕

〔T35n1735 0930a18〕「三雙融立稱者,般若了境,無境非般若,何所不嚴?故《智論》云「說智及智處,俱名為般若。」〔T35n1735 0930a20〕是則若般若清淨、若境清淨,無二無二分,無別無斷故。故一莊嚴一切莊嚴,名普莊嚴。」

澄觀釋捨得二字,於無所得一義之後,復敘古來一解(其明判見目六):

「昔云障無不寂曰捨,理無不證曰得。」〔T35n1735 0930a16〕

法藏就六十本於同一二字別作一解:

「障無不盡云捨,理無不證名得。」〔T35n1733 0461b19〕

(四) 答用二十二句依三世間分。海幢答三昧之用,澄觀判其文為三,正是華嚴一系之三世間:

〔T35n1735 0930a25〕「後答中皆示上來之所不及。於中三:初明於器世間無礙、次「見一切佛」〔T35n1735 0930a27〕下於智正覺世間無礙、後「大悲攝受」〔T35n1735 0930a27〕下於眾生世間無礙。其中見佛,亦為攝生故」

依此判,「了知一切世界」以下六句屬器世間,「見一切佛」以下十句屬智正覺世間,「大悲攝受十方眾生」以下六句屬眾生世間。

(五) 六月六日之表位。善財住立觀察之時分,澄觀繫之於位與度:

〔T35n1735 0929c27〕「第四「如是住」〔T35n1735 0929c27〕下所經時分。六月六日者,第六住中滿第六度故、以法味資神故,身心都忘不覺時久。」

李通玄則逐節配之,所配之目與澄觀不同:

「善財以如上十法觀察海幢比丘,又住立思惟觀察經一日一夜者,明檀波羅蜜。七日七夜者,明七支戒。半月者,忍波羅蜜。以明忍但自益,不益於人故,半月表之。一月者,以明精進自利利他故,一月表之。六月者,第六住也。復經六日者,是第六波羅蜜故。」〔T36n1739 0961b25–0961c02〕

(六) 寄位之判與比丘·優婆夷之轉。海幢寄正心住,澄觀於指示後友處說明何以此位寄比丘而後位寄優婆夷:

「前般若了真故寄比丘,此以慈心方便入俗故寄優婆夷矣。」〔T35n1735 0930b12–0930b13〕

《演義鈔》釋「寄正心住」之所以,繫於般若之了法性空:

「第六海幢比丘,寄正心住,成就般若了法性空,無住無依無邪無正故,聞讚毀真正其心念不動故。」〔T36n1736 0672b26–0672c01〕

李通玄同其大意而別下一轉語:

「猶出世慈悲心多,入俗常住世間慈悲猶劣故,以海幢比丘表之,雖有慈悲,但得無染行清淨之慈,不得同眾生行等眾生事一無有違。」〔T36n1739 0961c08–0961c12〕

(七) 瞻敬證入十句之內分。善財觀察一段,澄觀判為十句並逐段配義:

〔T35n1735 0929c20〕「第三「爾時善財童子一心」〔T35n1735 0929c20〕下瞻敬證入中十句:初句思人證人法界、餘句思法證法法界。於中,初一句總,謂三昧是體、解脫是用,體用合明。二別思彼體。次二句別思彼用,一益生廣多;二無思普遍,即用而寂故。次二句思前體用所因,一內智淨故、二外緣加故。後三句思其勝進,依前體用進益後三故。」


六、諸家異釋(古德·標宗)

澄觀《華嚴經疏》T35n1735 ·《演義鈔》T36n1736(八十華嚴逐文·主)

科:「第六海幢,寄正心住。文但有五」〔T35n1735 0928c13〕

十四處總判:「今初,總十四處作用不同。總相而明,從下至上漸漸增勝。別則各表不同」〔T35n1735 0929a03–a05〕

頂上一段三分:〔T35n1735 0929a25〕「十四頂出佛者,尊極無上故。文中三:初總顯所出身語之相、次「所謂」〔T35n1735 0929a26〕下別彰法雨不同、後「如是」〔T35n1735 0929a27〕下一句總結。」

二十雜類法雨之逐一取義(舉四):「二偏語初禪,以宿習多慈而偏己眷屬,今令慈普,含福無窮。」〔0929b24–b25〕「四就他化中分出魔眾,魔好摧他自高,今令得慈心法幢,摧其邪慢。」〔0929b26–b28〕「十七地獄眾生身受無邊苦,心念無邊惡,若以正念三寶為嚴,則頓脫眾苦。」〔0929c13–c15〕「二十諸難者,所謂八難,及在人間獄囚繫閉等,而多不安,故普安慰,悉令得入賢聖眾會,翻彼難處。」〔0929c16–c19〕

讚所因之判:〔T35n1735 0930a02〕「今初,分二:初標讚深勝、後「以能除滅」〔T35n1735 0930a03〕下出讚所因。由具此下諸因故,上云甚深廣大等。其中云能令增長有為樂者,不捨有為故。出有樂者,不染有故。又上句為凡夫,次句為二乘。下云引發菩提,即為大器。」

海潮·普莊嚴之釋:「第四指示後友中,處名海潮者,但言有處,則猶是前國,顯方便行不離般若故。言海潮者,謂潮所至處,顯方便就機不過限故。亦將入生死海以濟物故,能知三世佛法海故,故上法門名為海藏。園名普莊嚴者,約相,廣有眾嚴故;約表,以生死為園苑,萬行為莊嚴故。」〔T35n1735 0930b02–0930b09〕

法藏《探玄記》T35n1733(六十華嚴疏)

釋名二說:「海幢者,古人云:定深如海,智勝若幢。又釋:定身獨出名幢,業用繁多云海。」〔T35n1733 0460b07–b08〕

國名之釋:「第六正心住中,初舉法勸修內,國名頂者,此在閻浮最南畔處,故云頂也,表第六般若終極故也。」〔T35n1733 0460b05–b07〕

念前之科:〔T35n1733 0460b11〕「第二「爾時善財」〔T35n1733 0460b11〕下依教趣入,謂念前趣後。念中,初二句總;下十句別,一能入慧、二所證理、三所攝德、四所起用,次四了知剎海,後二受持行願。」

仰推二類:「然諸文仰推有二類:一即於自己法門之內更有深細,非己能知,即如此文及前位等;二推異類法門非己能知」〔T35n1733 0460a29–0460b03〕

定體之釋:「初中,身安不動,心寂無覺。七轉已息,唯第八持身。」〔T35n1733 0460b20–b21〕;同門續說「定前加行誓願力故,令於定身起諸業用。若圓教中,融攝法界自在無礙故,業用無方未曾起念」〔T35n1733 0460b21–b24〕

十四門與雜類之分:「總有十四門,初足下出長者等眾,明修行之初以施為首。」〔T35n1733 0460b24–b25〕;頂上一段判為「於中二:先十二位攝菩薩眾、後二十事攝雜類眾。」〔T35n1733 0460c09–c10〕

以位攝位之問答:「問:准依此文,十住滿後即至道場成佛,而不說十行等者何也?」〔T35n1733 0460c28–0461a01〕「答?此是普賢十住,攝後諸位皆在此中,顯一位即一切位故。」〔T35n1733 0461a01–a02〕

三名之釋:「答有三名:初一總名普眼平等法門,見法界故。」〔T35n1733 0461b18–b19〕「二淨般若,約智離障。三淨嚴,約境證德。」〔T35n1733 0461b19–b20〕

答用二十三句之三分:〔T35n1733 0461b22〕「答中有二十三句:初六句明於器世間自在、二「見一切佛」〔T35n1733 0461b23〕下十一句明於智正覺世間自在、三「大悲攝」〔T35n1733 0461b24〕下六句明於眾生世間自在。」

仰推三分:〔T35n1733 0461b26〕「第五仰推勝進中三:初一句總推;二「皆悉深入」〔T35n1733 0461b27〕下別;三「我尚不能」〔T35n1733 0461b27〕下結不能知。」

李通玄《新華嚴經論》T36n1739(表法異軌)

釋名:「有比丘名海幢者,明約以德智慧如海,能破眾生業惑處,名之為幢。幢者,摧壞義故。」〔T36n1739 0960b28–0960c01〕

經行地側之表:「何故在經行地側結跏趺坐入于三昧?表寂用自在,以經行地是用,三昧是寂,表依用有寂。地側者,表不住寂用之中而任運自在故。」〔T36n1739 0960c09–0960c11〕

離出入息之表:「離出入息,明稱理而寂、稱理而用,性自遍周,非同二乘作寂滅證也。此同十地中第六地也,以十地行依此十住行樣,修行至彼,同此本故」〔T36n1739 0960c11–0960c15〕

逐處表法(舉三):「二從兩膝出無數百千億剎帝利婆羅門眾皆悉聰慧者,以兩膝是起止坐臥卷舒自在之所由。膝還出清淨王種,表智制生死,如王自在。」〔0960c21–0960c24〕「五從胸前卐字中出無數百千億阿脩羅王……胸是勇猛義,卐者清涼義故。」〔0961a04–0961a06〕「六從其背上出無數百千億二乘者,表背是背眾生之方所。」〔0961a09–0961a10〕

答用之數:「二十二海幢比丘重說此三昧,為說二十二種無障礙法。」〔T36n1739 0961b22–0961b23〕

本住之主伴:「此是十住中第六正心住,般若波羅蜜為主,餘九為伴。」〔T36n1739 0961c05–0961c06〕

通治與偏治:「以約智門中,諸位通治;以約位門中;第六波羅蜜偏治世間出世間寂用不自在障,得寂用神通自在門。」〔T36n1739 0961c06–c08〕

遍化眾生與優婆夷之表:「自滿本願遍化眾生故。優婆夷者,表慈悲行也。」〔T36n1739 0961c25–c26〕「此是十地中第七遠行地大慈悲行之軌樣。」〔T36n1739 0961c26–c27〕

無染與入俗之別:「前位是出世無染大悲法門,即以比丘表之;此位入俗處染而不污、處真同俗之慈悲,即以優婆夷表之,漸成力用自在故。」〔T36n1739 0961c28–0962a02〕

智儼《搜玄記》T35n1732

〔T35n1732 0092c10〕「三正證中有二:初明自分法、二「云何能說」〔T35n1732 0092c11〕下仰推勝分。初文有五:初舉法門體;二「善財嘆未曾有」〔T35n1732 0092c12〕下歎功德;三「此定名何等」〔T35n1732 0092c13〕下問法門名,有問答二文,答中有名義、因果二文;四「唯有此下」〔T35n1732 0092c14〕辨功作用,有二可知;五「我唯」〔T35n1732 0092c15〕下結。」

初文四與身光十五處:〔T35n1732 0092c15〕「初文有四:初辨法門體;二「從其足」〔T35n1732 0092c16〕已下明現身攝,身光有十五處化彼諸如來者,頂上佛耳;三「善財一心」〔T35n1732 0092c18〕下辨攝法相應;四捨從定起。」

歎定德十一句:〔T35n1732 0092c19〕「第二歎三昧功德中,初十一句歎定德、二「大聖乃至入此三昧」〔T35n1732 0092c20〕下歎其作用。」

仰推二意:「問:菩薩既有具德,何須仰推?答:此有二意。一寄位不相,是故須推也;二寄三昧門別,發生勝欲故也。」〔T35n1732 0092c21–c23〕

澄觀明判

捨得二字之舊解與判:澄觀釋三昧第一名之捨得二字,先以無所得立義,次敘古來一解——「昔云障無不寂曰捨,理無不證曰得。」〔T35n1735 0930a16〕——而於其下自下一判:「非無此理,而未造玄。」〔T35n1735 0930a17〕法藏就六十本於同一二字別有一解:「障無不盡云捨,理無不證名得。」〔T35n1733 0461b19〕

誌錄不判

本節之科,澄觀標「文但有五」,而於本節釋文之內逐一別標其名者四——念教趣求·見敬諮問(中二:先見敬·後諮問,其後半即所謂「第二正明諮問」)·謙己推勝·指示後友;末段之第五科於本節釋文內未別標其名,據實標闕,不代補。法藏就六十本於「三昧正受」下別開七門(辨法體·示法界業用·令善財觀證法界·出定歎德·問答現名·問答現用·結唯知一),智儼作三段(勸教趣入·依教進入·三昧正受)而於正證中復開五,李通玄則於本段經文逐字圈定其起訖而「約分為五門」,昇進別開五門,並就身出眾海立二十三種法門——四家之分數與所依之骨俱異。釋名一事,法藏傳古人二說(定深如海智勝若幢/定身獨出名幢業用繁多云海)而二說並列,李通玄別作智慧如海、摧壞為幢。定體之判,澄觀通取滅受想定與第四禪二解,李通玄則直以「非同二乘作寂滅證」立言而不分二定。六月六日之表,澄觀繫第六住滿第六度一義,李通玄逐節配檀·七支戒·忍·精進·第六住·第六度六目。答用之句數,李通玄稱二十二種無障礙法。此諸異釋皆古德成說,誌錄之。


七、互讀·承衍

本節之文,承衍繫鏈皆自古德已行之互讀直回:

  • 法藏《華嚴經旨歸》T45n1871:以本節為「十住等中各攝諸位」之例——「十住等中各攝諸位。皆具二門。如海幢比…」〔T45n1871 0596a04〕。此與澄觀「此約以位攝位」〔T35n1735 0929b04–b05〕之判同一機軸,而旨歸唯舉本節為例,不別釋其文。
  • 智儼《華嚴經孔目章》T45n1870:善知識序次表列本節為第七——「六名解脫長者 七名海幢比丘」〔T45n1870 0589a04〕。此為序次之錄,非釋義。同書〈滅盡定章〉別以本節為一乘滅盡定之證——「滅盡定者。分別有三。謂一乘三乘小乘。」〔T45n1870 0575c27〕,而其一乘義即「如海幢比丘入滅盡定。即自身上放法界身雲利益眾生。」〔T45n1870 0575c28–0576a01〕;三乘則「於自身上。不說成用。變作異身。依其異物。成利生等用。得名俱行。」〔T45n1870 0576a01–a02〕,小乘則「無俱行利他之相」〔T45n1870 0576a04〕。三判之別在能否即體成用,而本節正為即體成用之例。同章復分體與得位二段:體者,「體者一乘滅定用法界為體」〔T45n1870 0576a05–a06〕、「三乘定體者。即真如實性」〔T45n1870 0576a07〕;得位者,「得位差別者。約小乘位。十二人得」〔T45n1870 0576a12–a13〕,「圓教即六位得」〔T45n1870 0576a23〕,「若熟教等迴心。即依圓教別十地位相。第八地得。得彼一乘滅盡定」〔T45n1870 0576a27–a28〕,其故曰「三乘滅盡定。先已得故」〔T45n1870 0576a29〕。
  • 法藏《華嚴一乘教義分齊章》T45n1866:第九會所以列聲聞之簡別,大正正文作「二文殊出會外所攝六千比丘。非是前所引眾。此等皆是已在三乘中。令迴向一乘故。作是說也。」〔T45n1866 0484a16–a18〕,其正文無海幢之名;【甲】【乙】二本於此三十七字之處,別作十九字之異讀「後六千比丘等者非此聲聞如海幢比丘等準之」〔T45n1866 0484a16〕,乃以海幢所出之聲聞為簡別之準。二讀並錄不判——正文所指者是文殊出會外所攝之六千比丘,已在三乘之中而令其迴向一乘;異讀所指者是海幢背上所出之聲聞,以之為簡別之準例:二讀所指不同。而其上下文屬他段議論,非釋本節。
  • 《淨名經》句:澄觀證本節寂用無礙所引——〔T35n1735 0928c24〕「《淨名》云「不起滅定而現諸威儀」〔T35n1735 0928c24〕,正當此也。」;《演義鈔》覆按「引《淨名經》,亦如前說」〔T36n1736 0672b29–0672c01〕。
  • 《智論》句:澄觀證第三名雙融境智所引——〔T35n1735 0930a20〕「故《智論》云「說智及智處,俱名為般若。」〔T35n1735 0930a20〕」。
  • 《演義鈔》牒經證「海藏」之義:釋疏「能知三世佛法」一語時,鈔牒本經他處之文為據——〔T36n1736 0672c05〕「經云「佛子!此菩薩應勸學十種廣大法。何等為十?所謂說一即多、說多即一,文隨於義、義隨於文,非有即有、有即非有,無相即相、相即無相,無性即性、性即無性,即廣大法海也。」〔T36n1736 0672c05〕」
  • 唯識軸:成唯識論 T31n1585 · 攝大乘論 T31n1594 · 瑜伽師地論 T30n1579 · 解深密經 T16n0676 四典檢「海幢」皆 0 命中〔查無〕。本節非〈十地品〉,不另立唯識繫鏈。
  • 華嚴宗論:《華嚴一乘十玄門》T45n1868 ·《華嚴法界玄鏡》T45n1883 二典檢「海幢」皆 0 命中〔查無〕。

八、校本定位

  • 實叉 T279(底本):海幢比丘子〔T10n0279 0340b02〕起(卷六十三末)–〔0343a09 前〕訖(卷六十四)。念前教十一重不思議 0340b02–b10 · 趣求見定相 0340b10–b13 · 十四處出眾 0340b13–0342a21(足下 0340b13 · 兩膝 0340b20 · 腰間 0340b26 · 兩脇 0340c04 · 胸前卐字 0340c12 · 背上 0340c24 · 兩肩 0341a02 · 腹 0341a10 · 面門 0341a23 · 兩目 0341b06 · 眉間白毫 0341b20 · 額上 0341b29 · 頭上 0341c04 · 頂上 0341c22)· 三十二法雨 0341c26–0342a20 · 毛孔光明網 0342a21–a24 · 瞻敬證入十句 0342a25–b03 · 所經時分 0342b03–b04 · 出定 0342b04 · 總讚十句 0342b04–b10 · 讚所因二十句 0342b11–b20 · 問名 0342b20 · 答三名 0342b21–b24 · 問用 0342b25 · 答用二十二句 0342b26–0342c13 · 謙己推勝 0342c13–c20 · 指示後友 0342c20–c23 · 戀德禮辭 0342c23–0343a08。偈行零。
  • 佛馱 T278(晉譯主對校):本節〔T09n0278 0695b12〕起(卷四十八)–〔0698b05 前〕訖。念前教 0695b12–b20 · 趣求見定相 0695b20–b23 · 十四處出眾 0695b23–0697a06(足下 0695b23 · 兩膝 0695b27 · 腰兩邊 0695c02 · 兩脇 0695c07 · 胸德字 0695c16 · 背 0695c26 · 兩肩 0696a03 · 腹 0696a12 · 口 0696a22 · 兩目 0696b03 · 眉間 0696b09 · 額上 0696b19 · 頭上 0696b22 · 頂上 0696c09)· 三十二法雲 0696c12–0697a05 · 毛孔光明網 0697a06–a08 · 觀察 0697a09–a13 · 時分 0697a13–a15 · 出定歎讚 0697a15–b03 · 答三名 0697b03–b07 · 問用 0697b07–b08 · 答用二十三句 0697b08–b25 · 謙己推勝 0697b25–0697c05 · 指示後友 0697c05–c08 · 辭退 0697c08–c14 · 念善知識別段 0697c15–c24 · 後友園林廣敘 0697c24–0698b05(此二段於 80 本之對應文在〔T10n0279 0343a09〕以下,屬次節之首,跨節對位)。
  • 般若 T293(貞元四十華嚴·唯品三十九):本節〔T10n0293 0688b18〕起(卷六末)–〔0693c03〕訖(卷七)。念前教 0688b18–b26 · 趣求見定相 0688b26–b29 · 身雲總標 0688c01–c08 · 十四處出眾 0688c09–0692a09(兩足下 0688c09 · 兩膝 0688c21 · 臍輪 0689a03 · 兩脇 0689a16 · 胸臆吉祥相 0689b06 · 背 0689b21 · 兩肩 0689c03 · 腹 0689c18 · 面門 0690a04 · 兩目 0690a24 · 眉間白毫 0690b19 · 額上 0690c02 · 頭上 0690c07 · 頂上肉髻 0691b22)· 三十二法雨 0691b27–0692a09 · 毛孔光明網 0692a09–a14 · 光網中見往昔十度 0692a14–0692c04 · 觀察 0692c05–c13 · 時分 0692c13–c15 · 出定 0692c15 · 歎讚 0692c16–0693a09 · 答三名 0693a09–a11 · 修習因與百萬阿僧祇 0693a12–a14 · 問用 0693a14–a15 · 答用二十五句 0693a16–b08 · 謙己推勝 0693b08–b19 · 指示後友(伊舍那優婆夷)0693b19–b23 · 辭退 0693b23–c03。
  • 澄觀《疏》T35n1735:本節正釋 0928c13 起 · 五分科 0928c13–c19 · 定體二解 0928c19–0929a01 · 十四處總判 0929a01–a05 · 逐處釋 0929a05–a25 · 頂上三分 0929a25–a27 · 三十二法雨判 0929a27–a29 · 十二菩薩法雨 0929a29–0929b21 · 二十雜類法雨 0929b21–0929c19 · 毛孔總顯 0929c19–c20 · 瞻敬證入十句 0929c20–c27 · 所經時分 0929c27–c29 · 出定 0930a01 · 正明諮問 0930a02–a07 · 問名答名 0930a07–a23 · 問用答用 0930a23–a29 · 謙己推勝 0930a29–0930b02 · 指示後友 0930b02–b13 · 訖於第七休捨前 0930b13。
  • 澄觀《鈔》T36n1736:本節專釋 0672b26–0672c09(寄正心住之所以 0672b26–c01 · 覆按疏語 0672b28–c05 · 牒經證海藏義 0672c05–c09)。他見四處(0021b01 · 0266c18 · 0663b01 · 0668b24)屬他品他段旁引十住之例,非本節釋段,不入對勘。
  • 法藏《探玄記》T35n1733:第六正心住 0460b05 起 · 國名釋 0460b05–b07 · 海幢釋名 0460b06–b08 · 設敬辭退 0460b09–b11 · 依教趣入 0460b11–b15 · 見敬請 0460b15–b17 · 正示法界七門 0460b17–b20 · 定體 0460b20–b24 · 十四門逐處 0460b24–0460c09 · 十二位攝菩薩眾 0460c09–0460c28 · 以位攝位之問答 0460c28–0461a06 · 二十雜類 0461a06–0461b03 · 觀證 0461b03–b11 · 出定歎德 0461b11–b17 · 問答顯名 0461b17–b22 · 問答辨業用二十三句 0461b22–b25 · 結己唯一 0461b25–b26 · 仰推勝進 0461b26–b28 · 訖於「第六住竟」〔T35n1733 0461b28–b29〕。他見 0466b09 在卷十九第五行段之比況引,非本節專釋,不入對勘;另五見分在卷五(三見)·卷八·卷十七,亦非本節專釋。
  • 李通玄《論》T36n1739:本節相涉 0960b25–0962a02(釋名 0960b28 · 正入當位門五分 0960c02 · 身出眾海二十三門 0960c16 · 逐處表法 0960c18–0961b11 · 時分配度 0961b25–0961c04 · 主伴與通治偏治 0961c05–c08 · 慈悲之限 0961c08–c13 · 昇進五門 0961c14 · 海潮普莊嚴釋 0961c19–c24 · 休捨釋名 0961c25 · 遍化眾生與優婆夷表慈悲 0961c25–c26 · 十住七地軌樣 0961c26–c28 · 無染與入俗之別 0961c28–0962a02)。他見散於他住他地比況句,不入對勘。
  • 智儼《搜玄記》T35n1732:本節唯一見 0092c04–0092c23(三段科 0092c04–c07 · 趣入五 0092c07–c10 · 正證五 0092c10–c15 · 初文四與身光十五處 0092c15–c18 · 歎定德十一句及其作用 0092c18–c20 · 仰推三分 0092c20–c21 · 仰推二意 0092c21–c23)。
  • 異讀:本單元 T279 範圍〔0340b02〕–〔0343a08〕內大正校記 8 條,逐條照錄不判(底本【大】|他本異讀;多本異讀以/分列):〔0340b12〕跏【大】|加【宋】【元】【明】【宮】 · 〔0340c28〕與【大】|無【宮】 · 〔0341a08〕離【大】|難【宋】 · 〔0341b09〕翳【大】|瞖【宋】【元】 · 〔0341b11〕玻瓈【大】|頗梨【宋】【元】【宮】(*同校並繫〔0341b11〕之玻瓈字) · 〔0341b27〕諍【大】|靜【宮】 · 〔0342c01〕礙;見一切佛……,無所障(凡44字)【大】|無此字【宋】 · 〔0342c17〕辨【大】|辯【宋】【元】【明】【宮】。
  • 異讀補記:CBETA 回改 2 條(不入上列大正校記之數):〔0341a24〕王【CB】【麗-CB】【磧-CB】|主【大】 · 〔0341b18〕辦【CB】|辨【大】/辦【宋】【元】【明】【宮】(*同校並繫正文〔0341b28〕·〔0341c03〕二處重出)。
  • 異讀補記:夾注已於原典層剝除誌錄。
  • 查無條目:《華嚴一乘十玄門》T45n1868 ·《華嚴法界玄鏡》T45n1883 · 成唯識論 T31n1585 · 攝大乘論 T31n1594 · 瑜伽師地論 T30n1579 · 解深密經 T16n0676 · 十地經論 T26n1522——共七部,檢「海幢」皆 0 命中。

The sixth friend of Sudhana, the monk Ocean Banner, is the first good friend of this assembly who ‘tells the Dharma without opening his mouth’—when Sudhana arrived he had already entered concentration, and Sudhana could only stand and look, and he looked for six months and six days more. Of the three thousand nine hundred characters of this whole section, more than half are the marks of the assemblies coming forth from the parts of the body in concentration: fourteen places from the soles of the feet up to the crown, at every place an assembly coming forth and at every place work being done, gathered up at the last by the nets of light from the pores. Chengguan outlines this section as 「文但有五」 tr. “the text has but five,” and yet glosses one by one the reason of each of the fourteen places; and upon the thirty-two kinds of the rain of Dharma from the body of the Buddha that comes forth from the crown he judges further 「前十二法雨為菩薩、餘為雜類」 tr. “the first twelve rains of Dharma are for bodhisattvas, and the rest are for the mixed classes,” and points out that ten rains of Dharma among them 「即十住」 tr. “are the ten abodes.” The samādhi has three names, and Chengguan judges 「初一從智立、次一雙就境智、後一雙融境智立名」 tr. “the first is set up upon knowledge, the next takes objective realm and knowledge together, and the last is named by fusing objective realm and knowledge together.” As to the judgment of the substance of the concentration, Chengguan takes together the two readings of the concentration of the cessation of feeling and perception and of the fourth dhyāna, and cites the Jingming, 「不起滅定而現諸威儀」 tr. “not rising from the concentration of extinction and yet manifesting the many bearings,” as evidence that at this stage stillness and function are unobstructed. As to what six months and six days signify by way of stage, Chengguan attaches them to 「第六住中滿第六度」 tr. “within the sixth abode he fulfills the sixth perfection,” while Li Tongxuan matches them stretch by stretch to six items—giving · the precepts of the seven branches · patience · vigor · the sixth abode · the sixth perfection—and the two statements both stand. This section has no verses.


I. Doctrinal Outline and Placement

Outline systemThe place of the sūtra text of this section within it
The base text T279, in thirty-nine chaptersChapter Thirty-Nine, Entering the Dharma Realm (the ninth assembly, the Jeta Grove); the monk Ocean Banner = the end of fascicle sixty-three to fascicle sixty-four 〔T10n0279 0340b02〕–〔before 0343a09〕
Chengguan, Huayan jing shuThe direct gloss on this section begins at 〔T35n1735 0928c13〕, 「第六海幢,寄正心住」 tr. “the sixth, Ocean Banner, assigned to the abode of the rectified mind,” and ends before the seventh, the laywoman Fulfilled Vow 〔0930b13〕
Chengguan, Yanyi chaoThe gloss on the reason for 「寄正心住」 tr. “assigned to the abode of the rectified mind” 〔T36n1736 0672b26–0672c09〕
Fazang, Tanxuan ji (the commentary on the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka)「第六正心住中」 tr. “within the sixth, the abode of the rectified mind” 〔T35n1733 0460b05〕 onward
Li Tongxuan, Xin Huayan jing lunThe gloss on the name 〔T36n1739 0960b28〕 onward; the five parts of the gate of rightly entering the present stage 〔0960c02〕; the twenty-three dharma gates of the ocean of assemblies coming forth from the body 〔0960c16〕; the five gates of advancing upward 〔0961c14〕
Zhiyan, Souxuan ji「第六正心住位菩薩」 tr. “the bodhisattva of the sixth stage, the abode of the rectified mind” 〔T35n1732 0092c04–0092c23〕

Chengguan's five-part outline—the bone of this section:

〔T35n1735 0928c13〕「第六海幢,寄正心住。文但有五:初念教趣求,文顯可知。第二「乃見其人」〔T35n1735 0928c14〕下見敬諮問,中二:先見敬、後「善財童子讚言」〔T35n1735 0928c15〕下諮問。」 tr. “The sixth, Ocean Banner, assigned to the abode of the rectified mind. The text has but five: first, holding the teaching in mind and seeking on, which the text displays and may be known. Second, from ‘only then did he see the man’ onward, seeing, paying respect, and inquiring, within which there are two: first the seeing and paying respect, and after that, from ‘the youth Sudhana praised him, saying’ onward, the inquiring.”

The one part of seeing and paying respect opens into five again:

「文中有五:一見入定相、二覩定勝用、三瞻敬證入、四所經時分、五覩從定起。」 tr. “Within the text there are five: one, seeing the mark of his entering concentration; two, beholding the surpassing function of the concentration; three, gazing with reverence and entering by realization; four, the passage of time; five, beholding his rising from the concentration.” 〔T35n1735 0928c17–0928c19〕

The beholding of the surpassing function of the concentration opens into two again, the former being the fourteen places from which assemblies come forth:

〔T35n1735 0929a01〕「二「從其足」〔T35n1735 0929a01〕下見定業用,中二:先別明身分作用處別、後「海幢比丘又於其身」〔T35n1735 0929a02〕下總顯毛孔光明業用。今初,總十四處作用不同。總相而明,從下至上漸漸增勝。別則各表不同」 tr. “Two, from ‘from the soles of his feet’ onward, seeing the working of the concentration, within which there are two: first the separate making clear that the workings of the parts of the body differ by place, and after that, from ‘the monk Ocean Banner again, upon his body’ onward, the general display of the working of the light of the pores. In the first, in all there are fourteen places whose workings are not the same. Stated in terms of the general mark, from below upward they grow gradually more surpassing. In the particular, each signifies something different.”

The three parts from the inquiring onward:

「第二正明諮問,中二:先讚、後問。」 tr. “Second, the direct making clear of the inquiring, within which there are two: first the praising, and after that the asking.” 〔T35n1735 0930a02〕

〔T35n1735 0930a29〕「第三謙己推勝中,初謙己知一;後「如諸」〔T35n1735 0930b01〕下推勝,中二:先舉彼所知、後「而我」〔T35n1735 0930b02〕下顯不能測。第四指示後友中,處名海潮者」 tr. “Third, within humbling oneself and deferring to the superior: first the humbling of oneself as knowing one; after that, from ‘as for the’ onward, the deferring to the superior, within which there are two: first the raising of what they know, and after that, from ‘how then could I’ onward, the displaying that he cannot fathom it. Fourth, within the pointing to the next friend: as for the place named Ocean Tide”

Chengguan's outline within this window stops at the pointing to the next friend; upon the last stretch of the base text, the text of cherishing his virtue, bowing, and taking leave, 「時,善財童子於海幢比丘所,得堅固身」 tr. “at that time, the youth Sudhana, at the place of the monk Ocean Banner, obtained a firm body” 〔T10n0279 0342c23〕 and what follows, Chengguan sets up no separate heading within the window of this section; recorded as lacking, according to the fact.

Fazang's seven-part outline (upon the sixty-fascicle text · both the names and the order differing from Chengguan's):

〔T35n1733 0460b17〕「第四從「三昧正受」〔T35n1733 0460b17〕下正示法界。於中七,初辨法體、二示法界業用、三令善財觀證法界、四出定歎德、五問答現名、六問答現用、七結唯知一。」 tr. “Fourth, from ‘the right receiving of samādhi’ onward is the direct showing of the Dharma realm. Within it there are seven: first, the distinguishing of the substance of the Dharma; second, the showing of the working of the Dharma realm; third, the causing of Sudhana to observe and realize the Dharma realm; fourth, coming out of concentration and praising his virtue; fifth, the question and answer that bring out the name; sixth, the question and answer that bring out the working; seventh, the concluding that he knows only one.”

Zhiyan's three-part outline:

〔T35n1732 0092c04〕「第六正心住位菩薩,比丘名海幢,入普眼捨得法門,亦名清淨光明般若波羅蜜境界,有三:初勸教趣入、二「時善財」〔T35n1732 0092c06〕下依教進入、三三昧正受。」 tr. “The bodhisattva of the sixth stage, the abode of the rectified mind: the monk is named Ocean Banner, and he enters the dharma gate of Universal Eye Relinquishing and Obtaining, named as well Pure Light Prajñā-pāramitā Objective Realm. There are three: first, the exhorting teaching and the turning toward entrance; second, from ‘at that time Sudhana’ onward, entering in accord with the teaching; third, the right receiving of samādhi.”

Li Tongxuan's two gates and twenty-three dharma gates:

〔T36n1739 0960c02〕「第一正入當位門中,從「爾時善財童子一心正念」〔T36n1739 0960c02〕已下至「我唯知此一般若波羅蜜三昧光明」〔T36n1739 0960c03〕此一段經,約分為五門」 tr. “Within the first, the gate of rightly entering the present stage, from ‘at that time the youth Sudhana with a single mind rightly held in mind’ down to ‘I know only this one light of the samādhi of prajñā-pāramitā,’ this one stretch of the sūtra is divided in brief into five gates”

「從第五身出眾海十方教化中,約有二十三種法門。」 tr. “Within the fifth, the ocean of assemblies coming forth from the body and the teaching and transforming in the ten directions, there are in brief twenty-three kinds of dharma gates.” 〔T36n1739 0960c16–0960c17〕


II. Terminology

ChineseSanskrit as transmitted by the ancient worthies (romanized · pronunciation aid)Attested atEssential sense
Ocean Banner—in this section, 「周遍求覓海幢比丘」 tr. “he searched everywhere for the monk Ocean Banner” 〔T10n0279 0340b11〕The name of the sixth good friend; Fazang transmits two glosses of the men of old, 「定深如海,智勝若幢」 tr. “the concentration is deep as an ocean and the knowledge surpassing as a banner” 〔T35n1733 0460b07〕 / 「定身獨出名幢,業用繁多云海」 tr. “the body in concentration standing out alone is named a banner, and the workings being many is called an ocean” 〔T35n1733 0460b08–b09〕
the abode of the rectified mind—Chengguan, 「第六海幢,寄正心住」 tr. “the sixth, Ocean Banner, assigned to the abode of the rectified mind” 〔T35n1735 0928c13〕The sixth of the ten abodes; the Chao glosses the reason, 「聞讚毀真正其心念不動故」 tr. “because, hearing praise or blame, he makes his mind true and upright and his mindfulness unmoving” 〔T36n1736 0672b28–0672c01〕. Within the thirty-two rains of Dharma from the crown the sūtra text reads 「成就正心位」 tr. “the station of accomplishing the rectified mind” 〔T10n0279 0342a01〕, and has not the title 「正心住」 tr. “the abode of the rectified mind”
the village of Mari—in this section, 「至閻浮提畔摩利聚落」 tr. “he came to the village of Mari at the shore of Jambudvīpa” 〔T10n0279 0340b10–b11〕The place where Ocean Banner dwells; the sixty-fascicle text reads 「莊嚴閻浮提頂國」 tr. “the land of the Adorned Summit of Jambudvīpa” 〔T09n0278 0695b20–b21〕, and Li Tongxuan says 「有一國土名摩利伽羅者,此梵本未譯」 tr. “as for there being a land named Marigala, this the Sanskrit text has not rendered” 〔T36n1739 0960b27–b28〕
the walking ground—in this section, 「乃見其在經行地側結跏趺坐」 tr. “only then did he see him seated cross-legged at the side of the walking ground” 〔T10n0279 0340b11–b12〕The ground for going to and fro in walking the path; Chengguan, 「又經行地側,是動之所」 tr. “further, the side of the walking ground is a place of movement” 〔T35n1735 0928c28–0928c29〕
the concentration of the cessation of feeling and perception—Chengguan, 「一即滅受想定,謂無別思覺,七轉已息,唯第八識持身」 tr. “one is the concentration of the cessation of feeling and perception, that is, without any separate thought or awareness, the seven evolving consciousnesses already stilled, the eighth consciousness alone sustaining the body” 〔T35n1735 0928c20–0928c21〕One of the two readings by which Chengguan judges the substance of the concentration in this section
nābhi-maṇḍalanābhi-maṇḍala (the ancient transcription reads 「那髀曼陀羅」 tr. “nābhi-maṇḍala” · this follows what Chengguan transmits)Chengguan, 「梵本云那髀曼陀羅,此云臍輪」 tr. “the Sanskrit text says nābhi-maṇḍala, which here is the wheel of the navel” 〔T35n1735 0929a12〕The wheel of the navel; Chengguan's gloss on why seers come forth from the 「腰」 tr. “waist”
the svastika mark—in this section, 「從胸前卐字中」 tr. “from the svastika mark upon his breast” 〔T10n0279 0340c12–c13〕A mark upon the Buddha's breast; Chengguan writes 「德相」 tr. “the mark of virtue,” saying 「五於胸德相出脩羅者」 tr. “fifth, that from the mark of virtue upon the breast asuras come forth” 〔T35n1735 0929a13–a14〕. The sixty-fascicle text reads 「從胸德字」 tr. “from the mark of virtue upon the breast” 〔T09n0278 0695c16–c17〕
asaṃkhyeya—(「阿僧祇」 tr. “asaṃkhyeya” is itself an ancient transmitted transcription)in this section, 「一一皆出阿僧祇佛剎微塵數光明網」 tr. “from each and every one of them there came forth nets of light as many as the dust motes of asaṃkhyeya Buddha-fields” 〔T10n0279 0342a22〕The name of a great number that cannot be counted
Universal Eye Relinquishing and Obtaining—in this section, 「此三昧名:普眼捨得」 tr. “this samādhi is named: Universal Eye Relinquishing and Obtaining” 〔T10n0279 0342b22〕The first of the three names of the samādhi; Chengguan, 「般若之智照一切法故名普眼,皆無所得故云捨得」 tr. “because the knowledge of wisdom shines upon all dharmas it is named universal eye, and because in all there is nothing obtained it is said relinquishing and obtaining” 〔T35n1735 0930a12–a13〕
prajñā-pāramitāprajñā-pāramitā (the ancient transmitted transcription reads 「般若波羅蜜」 tr. “prajñā-pāramitā”)in this section, 「我以修習般若波羅蜜故」 tr. “because I have cultivated the prajñā-pāramitā” 〔T10n0279 0342b23–b24〕The sixth of the six perfections; the principal practice of this abode
Ocean Tide—in this section, 「有一住處,名曰:海潮」 tr. “there is a dwelling place named: Ocean Tide” 〔T10n0279 0342c20–c21〕The dwelling place of the next friend; Chengguan, 「謂潮所至處,顯方便就機不過限故」 tr. “that is, the place the tide reaches, displaying that skillful means, meeting what suits the occasion, does not pass beyond its bound” 〔T35n1735 0930b04–b05〕
Fulfilled Vow—in this section, 「有優婆夷,名曰:休捨」 tr. “there is a laywoman named: Fulfilled Vow” 〔T10n0279 0342c21〕The name of the seventh good friend; Chengguan, 「此云意樂,亦云希望,亦云滿願」 tr. “this here means intent and delight, and it is also said hoping, and it is also said fulfilling the vow” 〔T35n1735 0930b10〕; Li Tongxuan, 「此云滿願,自滿本願」 tr. “this here means fulfilling the vow, that she fulfills of herself her original vow” 〔T36n1739 0961c25〕

III. Similes and Rhetoric

(1) The spatial rhetoric of the assemblies coming forth from the parts of the body—the fourteen places run from the soles of the feet up to the crown, and their order is the order of the body from below upward. Chengguan points directly to the sense of this order: 「總相而明,從下至上漸漸增勝。別則各表不同」 tr. “stated in terms of the general mark, from below upward they grow gradually more surpassing; in the particular, each signifies something different” 〔T35n1735 0929a04–a05〕. The assemblies that come forth likewise rise from the worthy men of the world (elders · householders · brahmins) up to the body of a Tathāgata, answering to the height and lowness of the places. This is the largest single set of rhetoric in this section.

(2) The pattern of taking a likeness at each place—Chengguan attaches to each of the fourteen places a reason for the likeness taken, in the form ‘this place has such a sense, and therefore such an assembly comes forth’:

  • The foot: 「足有二義:一最初故,多顯施行,萬行首故;二行住義」 tr. “the foot has two senses: one, that it is the very first, and it mostly displays the practice of giving, being the head of the myriad practices; two, the sense of walking and abiding” 〔T35n1735 0929a05–a06〕
  • The knee: 「土田帝主屈申自在故。行由於膝,故出淨行」 tr. “the lord of the land and the fields bends and stretches at will. Walking proceeds from the knee, and so pure practice comes forth” 〔0929a08–a09〕
  • The waist: 「腰謂臍輪之下、氣海之間,是吐故納新、出仙之所故」 tr. “the waist is below the wheel of the navel and between the sea of breath, and it is the place of breathing out the old and drawing in the new, the place from which seers come forth” 〔0929a10–a11〕
  • The sides: 「是旁生故」 tr. “because they are born sideways” 〔0929a13〕
  • The breast: 「胸是能生能滅憍慢幻術之所故,又明德相能降魔故」 tr. “the breast is the place where pride and arrogance and the art of illusion can be born and can be extinguished; and further, it makes clear that the mark of virtue is able to subdue the Māras” 〔0929a14–a15〕
  • The back: 「背大乘故」 tr. “because they turn their backs on the Great Vehicle” 〔0929a15〕
  • The shoulder: 「肩是可畏勇力之所故,又是荷負之所故,為守護業」 tr. “the shoulder is the place of dreadful and valiant strength; and further, it is the place that bears a burden, and so the work is guarding” 〔0929a16–a17〕
  • The belly: 「鼓腹絃歌音樂之所故」 tr. “because it is the place of the drumming belly and the sounding string and of music” 〔0929a18〕
  • The face-gate: 「布十善令向佛法故」 tr. “because they spread the ten good deeds and turn men toward the Buddha-dharma” 〔0929a19〕
  • The eyes: 「目等日照故」 tr. “because the eye is equal to the sun's shining” 〔0929a20〕
  • Between the brows: 「於地居中最尊勝故,中道般若化眾生故,令離五欲得淨法故」 tr. “because among those who dwell upon the ground he is the most honored and surpassing; because the wisdom of the Middle Way transforms beings; because he makes them leave the five desires and obtain the pure Dharma” 〔0929a20–a21〕
  • The forehead: 「梵王超欲故次於眉上,又是稽顙請法之所故」 tr. “because the Brahmā king passes beyond desire and so stands next above the brows; and further, because it is the place of bowing the brow and requesting the Dharma” 〔0929a22–a23〕
  • The head: 「最上首故。說十度行,並顯可知」 tr. “because it is the highest and the head. The telling of the practice of the ten perfections is displayed and may be known” 〔0929a24–a25〕
  • The crown: 「尊極無上故」 tr. “because it is honored to the utmost and unsurpassed” 〔0929a25〕

(3) The interlacing rhetoric of the sun-orbs sending forth colored light one to another—in the stretch of the sun-orbs that come forth from the two eyes, the sūtra text proceeds by exchanging, pair by pair, the jewel-color of the land and the color of the light sent forth: 「白銀國土放黃金色光,黃金國土放白銀色光,瑠璃國土放玻瓈色光,玻瓈國土放瑠璃色光」 tr. “upon lands of white silver they sent forth light of the color of yellow gold, upon lands of yellow gold light of the color of white silver, upon lands of lapis lazuli light of the color of crystal, and upon lands of crystal light of the color of lapis lazuli” 〔T10n0279 0341b10–b12〕, and so on to 「一寶所成國土放種種寶色光,種種寶所成國土放一寶色光」 tr. “upon lands made of one jewel they sent forth light of the colors of every sort of jewel, and upon lands made of every sort of jewel they sent forth light of the color of one jewel” 〔0341b16–b17〕. By making the text interlace, it displays that the light sent forth does not follow the substance it rests upon.

(4) The simile of the rain of Dharma—the body of the Tathāgata that comes forth from the crown 「為一切世間普雨法雨」 tr. “rained down the rain of Dharma everywhere for all the worlds” 〔T10n0279 0341c25〕, and below it opens into thirty-two particulars. Rain is taken to liken the universal moistening of the Dharma and its answering to what suits the occasion—the ground moistened differs, and the name of what is rained differs as well. The sixty-fascicle text here reads 「甘露法雲」 tr. “the cloud of the Dharma of sweet dew” 〔T09n0278 0696c12〕, taking cloud in place of rain.

(5) The simile of the king's feast (Chengguan)—upon Sudhana's asking further for the name of the samādhi when he has already cultivated and entered it, Chengguan sets up a simile to untie the matter: 「上既修入,何更問名?其猶世人得大王饍,雖飡勝味,何必知名?」 tr. “Since he has cultivated and entered above, why does he ask further for the name? It is as when a man of the world obtains the great king's feast; though he eats the surpassing savor, why must he know its name?” 〔T35n1735 0930a09–a10〕 Eating the savor and knowing the name are set apart as two matters.

(6) Three sets of parallel setting out—the prose of this section has three sets of even parallels: the ten sentences of Sudhana's general praise after the coming out of concentration, each sentence beginning with 「如此三昧」 tr. “such a samādhi as this” 〔T10n0279 0342b05–b10〕; the twenty sentences of the grounds of the praise, each sentence closing with 「故」 tr. “because” 〔0342b11–b20〕; and the twenty-two sentences of the answer upon the working, each sentence closing with 「無所障礙」 tr. “there is no obstruction” 〔0342b26–0342c13〕. None of the three sets is followed by verses; the lines of verse in this section are zero.


IV. Collation with Parallel Translations

The Chinese collation editions for the principal sentences of the sūtra text of this section: Śikṣānanda, T279 (the base text · the end of fascicle sixty-three to fascicle sixty-four) · Buddhabhadra, T278 (the Jin translation, the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka, Entering the Dharma Realm, chapter thirty-four · fascicle forty-eight) · Prajñā, T293 (the Zhenyuan forty-fascicle Avataṃsaka, Entering the Inconceivable Objective Realm of Liberation, the Practices and Vows of Samantabhadra · the end of fascicle six to fascicle seven). All three preserve this section, and they are set out sentence by sentence below.

Sentence One Holding the Former Teaching in Mind, and the Place of Seeking On

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279At that time, the youth Sudhana with a single mind rightly held in mind that elder's teaching, observed that elder's teaching, held in mind that inconceivable gate of a bodhisattva's liberationT10n0279 0340b02–b03
Buddhabhadra T278At that time, the youth Sudhana rightly held in mind and pondered the teaching of the Elder Liberation, and held in mind the inconceivable dharma gate of a bodhisattvaT09n0278 0695b12–b13
Prajñā T293At that time, the youth Sudhana with a single mind rightly held in mind that elder's teaching, following it and observing it and practicing as it told; he held and kept that inconceivable gate of a bodhisattva's liberationT10n0293 0688b18–b19
Śikṣānanda T279Little by little he journeyed south, came to the village of Mari at the shore of Jambudvīpa, and searched everywhere for the monk Ocean BannerT10n0279 0340b10–b11
Buddhabhadra T278Little by little he turned toward the south, came to the land of the Adorned Summit of Jambudvīpa, and searched everywhere for the monk Ocean BannerT09n0278 0695b20–b21
Prajñā T293Observing in this way, little by little he journeyed south, turned toward the village Without Defilement at the shore of Jambudvīpa, and sought everywhere for the monk Ocean BannerT10n0293 0688b26–b27

What the differences attach to: (a) The eighty-fascicle text's 「不思議」 tr. “inconceivable” is met eleven times, where the sixty-fascicle text reads 「不可思議」 tr. “inconceivable.” (b) The name of the place differs—the eighty-fascicle text reads 「閻浮提畔摩利聚落」 tr. “the village of Mari at the shore of Jambudvīpa,” the sixty-fascicle text 「莊嚴閻浮提頂國」 tr. “the land of the Adorned Summit of Jambudvīpa”; the one reads 「畔」 tr. “shore,” the other 「頂」 tr. “summit.” Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle text, glosses this, saying 「國名頂者,此在閻浮最南畔處,故云頂也」 tr. “as for the land being named Summit, this lies at the southernmost shore of Jambudvīpa, and so it is called the summit” 〔T35n1733 0460b05–b06〕. (c) The sixty-fascicle text calls him directly by his name, 「解脫長者」 tr. “the Elder Liberation,” while the eighty-fascicle text reads only 「彼長者」 tr. “that elder.” Recorded without judgment.

What the forty-fascicle text attaches to: the forty-fascicle text's name of the place reads 「閻浮提畔無垢聚落」 tr. “the village Without Defilement at the shore of Jambudvīpa” 〔T10n0293 0688b26–b27〕, differing from the names of the place in both the editions listed above. Further, after the holding of the former teaching in mind and before the journey south, the forty-fascicle text adds one sentence, 「如是觀察」 tr. “observing in this way,” 〔T10n0293 0688b26〕; and the items it lists in the holding in mind are not wholly the same as the eighty-fascicle text's, its last two sentences reading 「修集彼不思議菩薩淨業,發起彼不思議廣大誓願」 tr. “he gathered and cultivated that inconceivable pure work of a bodhisattva, and gave rise to those inconceivable vast vows” 〔T10n0293 0688b24–b26〕. Recorded without judgment.

Sentence Two The Mark of Entering Concentration

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279Only then did he see him seated cross-legged at the side of the walking ground, entered within samādhi, apart from the breathing out and in, without any separate thought or awareness, his body settled and unmovingT10n0279 0340b11–b13
Buddhabhadra T278He saw him in a quiet place, seated cross-legged, in the right receiving of samādhi, the breathing out and in extinguished, his body settled and unmoving, still and without awarenessT09n0278 0695b21–b23
Prajñā T293Only then did he see him dwelling at the side of the walking grove, seated cross-legged, his body upright and his mindfulness right, apart from the breathing out and in, without any separate thought or awareness, abiding in an inconceivable vast samādhiT10n0293 0688b27–b29

What the differences attach to: (a) As to the place where he sits, the eighty-fascicle text reads 「經行地側」 tr. “the side of the walking ground” and the sixty-fascicle text 「靜處」 tr. “a quiet place”—Chengguan, upon the eighty-fascicle text, sets up the significative gloss 「經行地側,是動之所」 tr. “the side of the walking ground is a place of movement” 〔T35n1735 0928c28–c29〕, and the sixty-fascicle text has not this text. (b) 「入于三昧」 tr. “entered within samādhi” / 「三昧正受」 tr. “the right receiving of samādhi”; 「離出入息」 tr. “apart from the breathing out and in” / 「滅出入息」 tr. “the breathing out and in extinguished”; 「無別思覺」 tr. “without any separate thought or awareness” / 「寂然無覺」 tr. “still and without awareness”; and the order of the last two sentences is reversed between them. Recorded without judgment.

What the forty-fascicle text attaches to: the place where he sits reads in the forty-fascicle text 「經行林側」 tr. “the side of the walking grove” 〔T10n0293 0688b27〕, differing from the eighty-fascicle text by a single graph; and its words for the mark of concentration read 「端身正念,離出入息,無別思覺」 tr. “his body upright and his mindfulness right, apart from the breathing out and in, without any separate thought or awareness” 〔T10n0293 0688b28〕. Further, between the entering of concentration and the coming forth of the assemblies from the parts of the body, the forty-fascicle text sets up a separate stretch that marks in general the ground of the body-clouds, reading 「於其身上,從頂至足,一切肢分,一切毛孔,悉現無量不思議數同自身相一切身雲」 tr. “upon his body, from the crown to the soles, in every limb and joint and every pore, there appeared measureless and inconceivable numbers of clouds of bodies all alike in mark to his own body” 〔T10n0293 0688c01–c02〕, and sets out ten sentences to make clear what it is for; the eighty- and sixty-fascicle texts have not this. Recorded without judgment.

Sentence Three The Matching of the Counteractings Told by the Two Vehicles Coming Forth from the Back

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279For those who cling to a self, they told that there is no self; for those who cling to permanence, they told that all formations are wholly impermanent; for those in whom the conduct of greed is heavy, they told the contemplation of impurity; for those in whom the conduct of hatred is heavy, they told the contemplation of the mind of kindness; for those in whom the conduct of delusion is heavy, they told the contemplation of dependent originationT10n0279 0340c25–c28
Buddhabhadra T278To those who cling to the view of a self, they taught the contemplation of impurity; to those in whom greed and desire are many, the contemplation of the mind of kindness; to those in whom hatred and anger are many, the contemplation of dependent origination; to those in whom folly and delusion are many, the knowledge of skillful means, observing the dharmasT09n0278 0695c28–0696a01
Prajñā T293For those who cling to a self they told that there is no self; for those who cling to permanence they told that the formations are impermanent; for those in whom the conduct of greed is heavy they told the contemplation of impurity; for those in whom the conduct of hatred is heavy they told the contemplation of the mind of kindness; for those in whom the conduct of delusion is heavy they told the contemplation of dependent originationT10n0293 0689b23–b25

What the differences attach to: this is the one set in which the two texts differ most plainly in structure. What the table cites is the former stretch of each word for word; reckoned out in full: the eighty-fascicle text has eight pairs 〔0340c25–0341a01〕—clinging to a self · clinging to permanence · the conduct of greed · the conduct of hatred · the conduct of delusion · the conducts in equal portion · loving and clinging to objective realms · loving and clinging to places of quiet stillness, and the dharmas that counteract them are that there is no self · that all formations are wholly impermanent · the contemplation of impurity · the contemplation of the mind of kindness · the contemplation of dependent origination · the dharma of the objective realm that answers to wisdom · the dharma in which there is nothing at all · the dharma of giving rise to great vows and universally benefiting all beings; the sixty-fascicle text has seven pairs 〔0695c28–0696a02〕—clinging to the view of a self · greed and desire being many · hatred and anger being many · folly and delusion being many · the equal portion · clinging to objective realms · delighting in quiescent extinction, and the dharmas that counteract them are the contemplation of impurity · the contemplation of the mind of kindness · the contemplation of dependent origination · the knowledge of skillful means observing the dharmas · the dharma of no clinging · the objective realm of the wondrous vow · entering the destinies of birth. The matching of what is governed to what governs differs in the two texts: the eighty-fascicle text matches the contemplation of impurity to greed, the contemplation of the mind of kindness to hatred, and the contemplation of dependent origination to delusion; the sixty-fascicle text matches the contemplation of impurity to the view of a self, the contemplation of the mind of kindness to greed and desire, the contemplation of dependent origination to hatred and anger, and the knowledge of skillful means to folly and delusion. The counteracting dharmas of the last three pairs differ in the two texts as well. Recorded without judgment.

What the forty-fascicle text attaches to: the counteractings of this stretch read in the forty-fascicle text 「為執我者說無有我,為執常者說行無常,為貪行者說不淨觀,為瞋行者說慈心觀,為癡行者說緣起觀,為等分者說與智慧相應境界」 tr. “for those who cling to a self they told that there is no self; for those who cling to permanence they told that the formations are impermanent; for those in whom the conduct of greed is heavy they told the contemplation of impurity; for those in whom the conduct of hatred is heavy they told the contemplation of the mind of kindness; for those in whom the conduct of delusion is heavy they told the contemplation of dependent origination; for those whose conducts are in equal portion they told the objective realm that answers to wisdom” 〔T10n0293 0689b23–b26〕, the matching of the first six pairs agreeing with the eighty-fascicle text and differing from the sixty. Below these it brings out one further pair, 「為遍耽滯五欲境界,說離諸欲無染著性」 tr. “for those wholly sunk in the objective realms of the five desires, they told the undefiled nature that leaves the desires” 〔T10n0293 0689b28〕; reckoned in full the stretch has nine pairs, more than the eight of the eighty-fascicle text and the seven of the sixty. Recorded without judgment.

Sentence Four The Matching of the Ten Good Deeds of the Wheel-Turning King Coming Forth from the Face-Gate

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279Causing them forever to cut off the conduct of taking what is not given … causing them forever to cut off the conduct of wrong sexual conduct; causing them to give rise to the mind of kindness and not to cut off life; causing them in the end always to speak words that are real … causing them to gather up and guard the words of others and not to practice division; causing them to speak gentle and soft words, without coarseness or harshness; causing them always to expound a sense that is deep, decisive, and clear, and not to make ornamented speech that has no sense in itT10n0279 0341a25–b01
Buddhabhadra T278For the multitude of the living, they praised the dharma of leaving killing, stealing, and wrong sexual conduct, of cultivating the mind of kindness, of always speaking kindly words and benefiting beings; of extinguishing lying and being far from harsh speech; of gathering beings in and being far from double-tongued speech; of speaking words of concord and leaving words that have no senseT09n0278 0696a25–a28
Prajñā T293Causing them to cut off the ten evils and to cultivate the ten good deeds. That is to say: all who butcher and hunt and who fish and trap, and beings violent and evil, they caused to give rise to kindness and compassion and not to cut off lifeT10n0293 0690a07–a08

What the differences attach to: both texts set up their text upon the ten good deeds, but the eighty-fascicle text brings out the branches one by one (taking what is not given · wrong sexual conduct · killing · lying · division · coarseness and harshness · ornamented speech, and below these it joins the three branches of greed · hatred · wrong views), while the sixty-fascicle text gathers the three of body in the one sentence 「歎離殺盜邪婬之法」 tr. “praised the dharma of leaving killing, stealing, and wrong sexual conduct,” and brings out the four of speech branch by branch. Chengguan, upon the eighty-fascicle text, judges this stretch, saying 「布十善令向佛法故」 tr. “because they spread the ten good deeds and turn men toward the Buddha-dharma” 〔T35n1735 0929a19〕, and the Yanyi chao rehearses it further: 〔T36n1736 0672c01〕「疏「布十善令向佛法故」〔T36n1736 0672c01〕者,經文自具,細尋可知」 tr. “as for the commentary's ‘because they spread the ten good deeds and turn men toward the Buddha-dharma,’ the sūtra text furnishes it of itself, and searching it finely one may know it”. Recorded without judgment.

What the forty-fascicle text attaches to: the forty-fascicle text first marks a general sentence, 「令斷十惡,修行十善」 tr. “causing them to cut off the ten evils and to cultivate the ten good deeds” 〔T10n0293 0690a07〕, and only then brings out the branches one by one; further, in seven of the branches (killing · stealing · lying · ornamented speech · greed · hatred · wrong views) it makes clear before the branch the capacity it answers to, as with 「一切屠獵、漁捕、暴惡眾生令起慈悲,不斷生命」 tr. “all who butcher and hunt and who fish and trap, and beings violent and evil, it caused to give rise to kindness and compassion and not to cut off life” 〔T10n0293 0690a07–a08〕, 「多貪欲者,令其少欲」 tr. “those in whom greed and desire are many it caused to have few desires” 〔T10n0293 0690a16–a17〕, 「多怒害者令除瞋恚」 tr. “those in whom anger and harming are many it caused to take away hatred and rage” 〔T10n0293 0690a17–a18〕, and 「墮見網者為說實義」 tr. “for those fallen into the net of views it told the real sense” 〔T10n0293 0690a19–a20〕; the three branches of wrong sexual conduct · division · coarseness and harshness are not so. The eighty-fascicle text brings out the branches one by one without marking a general sentence first, and the sixty-fascicle text gathers the three of body in one sentence. Recorded without judgment.

Sentence Five The Thirty-Two Rains of Dharma of the Buddha-Body Coming Forth from the Crown

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279For the bodhisattvas seated at the place of awakening, they rained down the rain of Dharma of universal knowing and equality; for the bodhisattvas of the station of consecration, the rain of Dharma of entering the universal gate; for the bodhisattvas of the station of the prince of the Dharma King, the rain of Dharma of universal adornment; for the bodhisattvas of the station of the youth, the rain of Dharma of the firm mountainT10n0279 0341c26–c28
Buddhabhadra T278For the bodhisattvas seated at the place of awakening, they rained down the cloud of the Dharma of equality; for the bodhisattvas of consecration, the cloud of the Dharma of the universal gate; for the bodhisattvas of deep patience, the cloud of the Dharma of universal adornment; for the bodhisattvas of the true youth, the cloud of the Dharma of the firm mountainT09n0278 0696c12–c15
Prajñā T293For the bodhisattvas seated at the place of awakening they rained down a great rain of Dharma named the knowledge of equality appearing before them; for the bodhisattvas of the station of consecration they rained down a great rain of Dharma named the Dharma realm of the universal gateT10n0293 0691b27–b29
Śikṣānanda T279For the bodhisattvas of the station of cultivation, they rained down the rain of Dharma of universal compassion and pity; for the bodhisattvas newly in study, the rain of Dharma of the treasury that gathers and accumulates; for the bodhisattvas who have first given rise to the mind, the rain of Dharma of gathering beings inT10n0279 0342a04–a05
Buddhabhadra T278For the bodhisattvas of cultivation, they rained down the cloud of the Dharma of wearying and leaving; for the bodhisattvas of governing the ground, the cloud of the Dharma of the nourishing treasury of the Dharma; for the bodhisattvas who have first given rise to the mind, the cloud of the Dharma of vigorT09n0278 0696c18–c20
Śikṣānanda T279For the beings in places of distress and hardship, they rained down the rain of Dharma of universal comforting. They caused them all to obtain entrance into the assemblies of the worthies and sagesT10n0279 0342a19–a20
Buddhabhadra T278For the place of the hungry ghosts, they rained down the cloud of the Dharma of right hoping; they caused all beings to turn toward the gate of the worthies and sagesT09n0278 0697a04–a05

What the differences attach to: (a) A difference of name—the eighty-fascicle text reads throughout 「法雨」 tr. “the rain of Dharma,” and the sixty-fascicle text throughout 「法雲」 tr. “the cloud of the Dharma.” (b) This stretch in both texts has thirty-two particulars (reckoned word for word from the base text; Chengguan judges 「總有三十二種,前十二法雨為菩薩、餘為雜類」 tr. “in all there are thirty-two kinds; the first twelve rains of Dharma are for bodhisattvas, and the rest are for the mixed classes” 〔T35n1735 0929a28–a29〕). (c) The names of those who receive the Dharma differ in many places: the eighty-fascicle text's 「法王子位」 tr. “the station of the prince of the Dharma King” / the sixty-fascicle text's 「深忍」 tr. “deep patience”; 「童子位」 tr. “the station of the youth” / 「童真」 tr. “the true youth”; 「成就正心位」 tr. “the station of accomplishing the rectified mind” / 「成就直心」 tr. “accomplishing the straight mind”; 「方便具足位」 tr. “the station of skillful means fully endowed” / 「方便道」 tr. “the path of skillful means”; 「新學」 tr. “newly in study” / 「治地」 tr. “governing the ground”; 「信解」 tr. “faith and understanding” / 「信行者」 tr. “those who practice by faith”; 「諸忉利天」 tr. “the gods of the Thirty-Three” / 「帝釋天」 tr. “the god Śakra”; 「諸魔眾」 tr. “the hosts of Māras” / 「魔天王」 tr. “the Māra heaven-king”; 「諸厄難處眾生」 tr. “the beings in places of distress and hardship” / 「餓鬼處」 tr. “the place of the hungry ghosts.” (d) The names of what is rained differ in many places as well: the eighty-fascicle text's 「普悲愍」 tr. “universal compassion and pity” / the sixty-fascicle text's 「厭離」 tr. “wearying and leaving”; 「積集藏」 tr. “the treasury that gathers and accumulates” / 「長養法藏」 tr. “the nourishing treasury of the Dharma”; 「攝眾生」 tr. “gathering beings in” / 「精進」 tr. “vigor”; 「金剛輪」 tr. “the vajra wheel” / 「自在圓滿」 tr. “sovereign fullness” (the gandharva kings); 「無邊光明」 tr. “boundless light” / 「無量世界」 tr. “measureless worlds” (the garuḍa kings); 「大休息」 tr. “great rest” / 「寂靜」 tr. “quiet stillness” (the mahoraga kings); 「普安慰」 tr. “universal comforting” / 「正希望」 tr. “right hoping.” Recorded without judgment.

What the forty-fascicle text attaches to: this stretch in the forty-fascicle text likewise has thirty-two particulars (reckoned word for word from that text), but throughout in the form ‘rained down a great rain of Dharma, named such and such,’ as with 「為坐菩提場諸菩薩雨大法雨,名平等現前智」 tr. “for the bodhisattvas seated at the place of awakening they rained down a great rain of Dharma named the knowledge of equality appearing before them” 〔T10n0293 0691b27–b28〕 and 「為不退位諸菩薩雨大法雨,名普遍莊嚴平等海藏」 tr. “for the bodhisattvas of the station of non-retrogression they rained down a great rain of Dharma named the equal ocean treasury of universal adornment” 〔T10n0293 0691c02–c03〕. The names of what is rained are for the most part broader, and the names of those who receive the Dharma differ as well, as with the first of the heavenly classes, 「為無色界諸天雨大法雨,名普門智無盡藏」 tr. “for the gods of the formless realm they rained down a great rain of Dharma named the inexhaustible treasury of the knowledge of the universal gate” 〔T10n0293 0691c12–c13〕. Recorded without judgment.

Sentence Six The Three Names of the Samādhi, Humbling Himself, and Pointing to the Friend

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279This samādhi is named: Universal Eye Relinquishing and Obtaining; named as well: Prajñā-pāramitā Objective Realm Pure Light; named as well: Universal Adornment Pure GateT10n0279 0342b22–b23
Buddhabhadra T278This samādhi is named Universal Eye Relinquishing and Obtaining; named as well Pure Light Prajñā-pāramitā Objective Realm; named as well Pure Adornment Universal GateT09n0278 0697b03–b05
Prajñā T293This samādhi is named Universal Eye Relinquishing and Obtaining; named as well Prajñā-pāramitā Objective Realm Pure Light; named as well the Equal and Pure Universal Adornment GateT10n0293 0693a10–a11
Śikṣānanda T279Son of good family! I know only this one light of the samādhi of prajñā-pāramitāT10n0279 0342c13
Buddhabhadra T278Son of good family! I know only this dharma gate of the samādhi of Pure Light Prajñā-pāramitāT09n0278 0697b25–b26
Śikṣānanda T279Go there and ask: how is a bodhisattva to study the practice of a bodhisattva and to cultivate the path of a bodhisattvaT10n0279 0342c22–c23
Buddhabhadra T278Go to her and ask how a bodhisattva is to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva and to purify the path of a bodhisattvaT09n0278 0697c07–c08

What the differences attach to: (a) For the second name of the samādhi the eighty-fascicle text reads 「般若波羅蜜境界清淨光明」 tr. “Prajñā-pāramitā Objective Realm Pure Light” and the sixty-fascicle text 「清淨光明般若波羅蜜境界」 tr. “Pure Light Prajñā-pāramitā Objective Realm”—the order of the words is reversed. For the third name the eighty-fascicle text reads 「普莊嚴清淨門」 tr. “Universal Adornment Pure Gate” and the sixty-fascicle text 「清淨莊嚴普門」 tr. “Pure Adornment Universal Gate.” (b) For the number of sentences of the answer upon the working, the eighty-fascicle text has twenty-two sentences of 「無所障礙」 tr. “there is no obstruction” (reckoned word for word from the base text), and the sixty-fascicle text twenty-three 〔T09n0278 0697b08–b25〕 (within that window 「無所障礙」 tr. “there is no obstruction” is met word for word twenty-three times, one of them separated by 「,」 tr. “a comma”), and the order of the sense of the sentences and the wording differ from each other (as with the eighty-fascicle text's 「了知一切世界」 tr. “he fully knows all worlds” / the sixty-fascicle text's 「分別一切世界」 tr. “he distinguishes all worlds”; the eighty-fascicle text's 「超過一切世界」 tr. “he passes beyond all worlds” / the sixty-fascicle text's 「究竟一切世界」 tr. “he reaches the ultimate of all worlds”). (c) For the words of the request the eighty-fascicle text reads 「云何學菩薩行、修菩薩道」 tr. “how is one to study the practice of a bodhisattva and to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva,” two matters, and the sixty-fascicle text 「修菩薩道、淨菩薩道」 tr. “to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva and to purify the path of a bodhisattva,” two matters. (d) After the taking of leave the sixty-fascicle text has a separate stretch of Sudhana's holding the good friend in mind (from 「因善知識,得見諸佛」 tr. “by the good friend one gets sight of the Buddhas” onward) 〔T09n0278 0697c15–c24〕, and it sets out at length beforehand the grove of the next section 〔T09n0278 0697c24–0698b05〕. It is not that the eighty-fascicle text lacks this text, but that the cut falls elsewhere—its answering text of holding the good friend in mind lies after the close of this section and at the head of the next 〔T10n0279 0343a09–a11〕, with the setting out of the grove below that; the three texts each draw the bounds of taking leave, holding the teaching in mind, and the grove of the next friend differently, and the matching runs across the sections. Recorded without judgment.

What the forty-fascicle text attaches to: the third of the three names reads in the forty-fascicle text 「亦名平等清淨普莊嚴門」 tr. “named as well the Equal and Pure Universal Adornment Gate” 〔T10n0293 0693a11〕, two graphs longer than in the eighty- and sixty-fascicle texts; and the cause of its cultivation reads 「我以修習此平等清淨普莊嚴門而為上首,具足圓滿百萬阿僧祇最勝最尊無比三昧」 tr. “because I have cultivated this Equal and Pure Universal Adornment Gate as the foremost, I am fully endowed with a million asaṃkhyeya samādhis most surpassing, most honored, and beyond compare” 〔T10n0293 0693a12–a14〕, taking this gate as the foremost that gathers the million asaṃkhyeya samādhis. The name of the next friend differs as well—the forty-fascicle text reads 「王有夫人名伊舍那,為優婆夷,止住此林修菩薩行」 tr. “the king had a consort named Īśānā, who was a laywoman, and dwelt within this grove cultivating the practice of a bodhisattva” 〔T10n0293 0693b21–b22〕; the grove is named Universal Adornment, but the person is not Fulfilled Vow. Recorded without judgment.

Sentence Seven The Two Matters in Which the Forty-Fascicle Text Is Uniquely Broad

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279And for them again they praised the pāramitā of dhyāna, causing them to be sovereign in every mind; and for them again they expounded the prajñā-pāramitā, opening up and showing right viewT10n0279 0341c13–c14
Prajñā T293Everywhere in all the worlds of the ten directions they extolled and praised the pāramitā of giving that all the Buddhas practiced of old—the giver, the receiver, the thing given, and the ocean of practices that accords and answers to themT10n0293 0690c11–c13
Śikṣānanda T279The monk Ocean Banner again, from all the pores upon his body, sent forth from each and every one of them nets of light as many as the dust motes of asaṃkhyeya Buddha-fieldsT10n0279 0342a21–a23
Prajñā T293At that time Sudhana, within such great nets of light, saw in full the pāramitā of giving that Ocean Banner had cultivated of old, practiced by all bodhisattvas throughout the three timesT10n0293 0692a14–a16

What the differences attach to: (a) In the telling of the practice of the ten perfections by the assemblies of bodhisattvas that come forth from the head, the eighty-fascicle text brings out the names of six perfections and then leaves the last four stretches without the names of the perfections 〔T10n0279 0341c04–c22〕; the forty-fascicle text marks all ten one by one, and attaches to each the words 「并所隨順相應行海」 tr. “and the ocean of practices that accords and answers to them” 〔T10n0293 0690c13〕, its text beginning at 〔T10n0293 0690c07〕 and ending at 〔T10n0293 0691b21〕, several times broader than the eighty-fascicle text. (b) In the stretch of the nets of light from the pores, the eighty-fascicle text stops at the four matters possessed by the nets of light—colors and marks · adornments · objective realms · works 〔T10n0279 0342a21–a24〕; the forty-fascicle text opens a further stretch within the nets of light, in which Sudhana 「悉見海幢往昔所修」 tr. “saw in full what Ocean Banner had cultivated of old” 〔T10n0293 0692a15〕—the ten pāramitās practiced by all bodhisattvas throughout the three times—ending at 〔T10n0293 0692c04〕; the eighty- and sixty-fascicle texts have not this. Recorded without judgment.


V. Scriptural Grounds of Sectarian Doctrine (the doctrinal eye)

(1) Stillness and function unobstructed—not rising from the concentration of extinction and yet manifesting the bearings. The sūtra text of this section is of itself one set of contradiction: he who has entered concentration is 「離出入息,無別思覺,身安不動」 tr. “apart from the breathing out and in, without any separate thought or awareness, his body settled and unmoving” 〔T10n0279 0340b12–b13〕, and at the same time assemblies come forth from fourteen places and do their work throughout the Dharma realm. Chengguan judges the substance of this concentration by taking two readings together, and proves it by the Jingming:

〔T35n1735 0928c19〕「今初,此通二定:一即滅受想定,謂無別思覺,七轉已息,唯第八識持身,定前加行誓願力故,令於定身起諸業用。若圓教中,融攝法界自在無礙故,業用無方未曾起念,是以六地能入滅定,而起通用,住似地故。《淨名》云「不起滅定而現諸威儀」〔T35n1735 0928c24〕,正當此也。二者即第四禪,以起用多依彼故。」 tr. “In the first: this runs through two concentrations. One is the concentration of the cessation of feeling and perception, that is, without any separate thought or awareness, the seven evolving consciousnesses already stilled, the eighth consciousness alone sustaining the body; and because of the power of the vow of the preparatory practice before the concentration, it causes the many workings to arise from the body in concentration. If it be within the round teaching, because it fuses and gathers the Dharma realm sovereign and unobstructed, its working is without a fixed quarter and has never given rise to a thought; and thus at the sixth ground one is able to enter the concentration of extinction and yet arouse the function of the penetrations, because this abode resembles that ground. The Jingming says ‘not rising from the concentration of extinction and yet manifesting the many bearings,’ and this is precisely it. The second is the fourth dhyāna, because the arousing of function mostly relies upon it.”

And upon the one phrase 「經行地側」 tr. “the side of the walking ground” he sets up a significative gloss:

「又經行地側,是動之所。而滅思覺者,表即動而寂故。而言側者,不住行故。」 tr. “Further, the side of the walking ground is a place of movement. That he has extinguished thought and awareness signifies that it is at once movement and stillness. And that it says ‘the side’ is that he does not abide in walking.” 〔T35n1735 0928c28–0929a01〕

(2) Ten rains of Dharma among them are the ten abodes, the first being wondrous awakening and the last the ten faiths, and their order runs upward in reverse. Of the thirty-two rains of Dharma of the body of the Buddha that comes forth from the crown, Chengguan judges the first twelve to be for bodhisattvas, and among them plainly marks ten rains of Dharma as being the ten abodes:

〔T35n1735 0929b03〕「二「普門法雨者」〔T35n1735 0929b03〕下十法雨,即十住者,圓教位中十住位滿便成佛故,此前更無別位。此約以位攝位,非一乘宗,餘無此說。然此十法皆是勸學,十法已住自分,勸勝進故。」 tr. “Second, from ‘the rain of Dharma of the universal gate’ onward, the ten rains of Dharma are the ten abodes: because within the stages of the round teaching, when the stage of the ten abodes is full one becomes a Buddha, and before this there is no separate stage. This is stated in terms of a stage gathering in the stages, which, apart from the One Vehicle school, none of the others states. Now these ten dharmas are all an exhorting to study; the ten dharmas already abide in one's own portion, and so it exhorts them to advance in what surpasses.”

The first and the last each belong somewhere of their own—the first, 「普知平等」 tr. “universal knowing and equality,” belongs to wondrous awakening, and the last belongs to the ten faiths:

「今初,一普知平等法雨者,略有三等:一始覺同本,無始本之異故;二等諸佛故;三生佛一性故。得此三等,則轉成妙覺。」 tr. “In the first: the first, the rain of Dharma of universal knowing and equality, has in brief three equalities: one, that initial awakening is the same as original awakening, there being no difference of initial and original; two, that it is equal to the Buddhas; three, that beings and the Buddha are of one nature. Obtaining these three equalities, one turns into wondrous awakening.” 〔T35n1735 0929a29–0929b02〕

「十二即十信菩薩,令普緣如來及普賢無盡境界而生信心,分明現前進入位故。」 tr. “The twelfth is the bodhisattvas of the ten faiths, causing them universally to take as object the inexhaustible objective realm of the Tathāgata and of Samantabhadra and to give rise to the mind of faith, because it appears before them distinctly and they advance and enter the stage.” 〔T35n1735 0929b19–0929b21〕

(3) The order in which the three names are set up—upon knowledge · taking objective realm and knowledge together · fusing objective realm and knowledge. Of the three names of the samādhi Chengguan judges that what each name rests upon differs, and cites the Zhilun as evidence for the third name:

「答:有三名者,初一從智立、次一雙就境智、後一雙融境智立名。普眼捨得者,般若之智照一切法故名普眼,皆無所得故云捨得。若有所得,不能即寂而用;以無所得即無所不得,菩薩無得心無罣礙,諸佛無得則得菩提。」 tr. “Answer: as for there being three names, the first is set up upon knowledge, the next takes objective realm and knowledge together, and the last is named by fusing objective realm and knowledge together. As for Universal Eye Relinquishing and Obtaining, because the knowledge of wisdom shines upon all dharmas it is named universal eye, and because in all there is nothing obtained it is said relinquishing and obtaining. If there were something obtained, one could not be at once still and functioning; since there is nothing obtained, there is nothing not obtained—the bodhisattva, obtaining nothing, has a mind without hindrance, and the Buddhas, obtaining nothing, thereby obtain awakening.” 〔T35n1735 0930a10–0930a16〕

〔T35n1735 0930a18〕「三雙融立稱者,般若了境,無境非般若,何所不嚴?故《智論》云「說智及智處,俱名為般若。」〔T35n1735 0930a20〕是則若般若清淨、若境清淨,無二無二分,無別無斷故。故一莊嚴一切莊嚴,名普莊嚴。」 tr. “Third, as for the title set up by fusing both: wisdom understands the objective realm, and there is no objective realm that is not wisdom—what then is not adorned? Therefore the Zhilun says, ‘to tell of knowledge and of the place of knowledge, both are named wisdom.’ Thus whether wisdom be pure or the objective realm be pure, they are not two and have no two parts, being without difference and without cutting off. Therefore one adornment is every adornment, and it is named universal adornment.”

In glossing the two words relinquishing and obtaining, after the one sense of there being nothing obtained Chengguan further sets out a gloss of the men of old (his judgment upon it is under heading six):

「昔云障無不寂曰捨,理無不證曰得。」 tr. “Of old it was said: that there is no obstruction not stilled is called relinquishing, and that there is no principle not realized is called obtaining.” 〔T35n1735 0930a16〕

Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle text, makes a separate gloss of the same two words:

「障無不盡云捨,理無不證名得。」 tr. “That there is no obstruction not exhausted is said to be relinquishing, and that there is no principle not realized is named obtaining.” 〔T35n1733 0461b19〕

(4) The twenty-two sentences of the answer upon the working are divided by the three worlds. Of Ocean Banner's answer upon the working of the samādhi, Chengguan judges its text to be threefold, and this is precisely the three worlds of the Huayan line:

〔T35n1735 0930a25〕「後答中皆示上來之所不及。於中三:初明於器世間無礙、次「見一切佛」〔T35n1735 0930a27〕下於智正覺世間無礙、後「大悲攝受」〔T35n1735 0930a27〕下於眾生世間無礙。其中見佛,亦為攝生故」 tr. “In the answer that follows, all of it shows what the foregoing did not reach. Within it there are three: first the making clear that there is no obstruction in the world of vessels; next, from ‘he sees all the Buddhas’ onward, that there is no obstruction in the world of right awakening and knowledge; and after that, from ‘gathers in with great compassion’ onward, that there is no obstruction in the world of beings. And the seeing of the Buddhas within it is likewise for the sake of gathering in beings”

By this judgment, the six sentences from 「了知一切世界」 tr. “he fully knows all worlds” onward belong to the world of vessels, the ten sentences from 「見一切佛」 tr. “he sees all the Buddhas” onward to the world of right awakening and knowledge, and the six sentences from 「大悲攝受十方眾生」 tr. “he gathers in the beings of the ten directions with great compassion” onward to the world of beings.

(5) What six months and six days signify by way of stage. The passage of time in which Sudhana stood and observed, Chengguan attaches to a stage and to a perfection:

〔T35n1735 0929c27〕「第四「如是住」〔T35n1735 0929c27〕下所經時分。六月六日者,第六住中滿第六度故、以法味資神故,身心都忘不覺時久。」 tr. “Fourth, from ‘abiding in this way’ onward is the passage of time. As for six months and six days: because within the sixth abode he fulfills the sixth perfection, and because the savor of the Dharma nourishes the spirit, body and mind are wholly forgotten and he does not feel that the time is long.”

Li Tongxuan matches them stretch by stretch, and the items he matches differ from Chengguan's:

「善財以如上十法觀察海幢比丘,又住立思惟觀察經一日一夜者,明檀波羅蜜。七日七夜者,明七支戒。半月者,忍波羅蜜。以明忍但自益,不益於人故,半月表之。一月者,以明精進自利利他故,一月表之。六月者,第六住也。復經六日者,是第六波羅蜜故。」 tr. “That Sudhana, with the ten dharmas above, observed the monk Ocean Banner, and further stood and pondered and observed and passed one day and one night, makes clear the pāramitā of giving. Seven days and seven nights make clear the precepts of the seven branches. Half a month is the pāramitā of patience: to make clear that patience benefits oneself only and does not benefit others, half a month signifies it. One month: to make clear that vigor benefits both oneself and others, one month signifies it. Six months are the sixth abode. That he passed six days more is because it is the sixth pāramitā.” 〔T36n1739 0961b25–0961c02〕

(6) The judgment of what the stage is assigned to, and the turn from monk to laywoman. Ocean Banner is assigned to the abode of the rectified mind, and at the pointing to the next friend Chengguan makes clear why this stage is assigned to a monk and the next stage to a laywoman:

「前般若了真故寄比丘,此以慈心方便入俗故寄優婆夷矣。」 tr. “Because the wisdom before understands the true, it is assigned to a monk; because this one enters the common world by the skillful means of a kindly mind, it is assigned to a laywoman.” 〔T35n1735 0930b12–0930b13〕

The Yanyi chao glosses the reason for 「寄正心住」 tr. “assigned to the abode of the rectified mind,” attaching it to wisdom's understanding of the emptiness of the nature of dharmas:

「第六海幢比丘,寄正心住,成就般若了法性空,無住無依無邪無正故,聞讚毀真正其心念不動故。」 tr. “The sixth, the monk Ocean Banner, is assigned to the abode of the rectified mind, having accomplished the wisdom that understands the emptiness of the nature of dharmas, because there is no abiding and no reliance, nothing wrong and nothing right, and because, hearing praise or blame, he makes his mind true and upright and his mindfulness unmoving.” 〔T36n1736 0672b26–0672c01〕

Li Tongxuan is of the same general sense and yet sets down a turning word of his own:

「猶出世慈悲心多,入俗常住世間慈悲猶劣故,以海幢比丘表之,雖有慈悲,但得無染行清淨之慈,不得同眾生行等眾生事一無有違。」 tr. “Since the kindness and compassion that comes forth from the world is still the greater, and the kindness and compassion that enters the common world and constantly abides in the world is still the lesser, the monk Ocean Banner signifies it: though he has kindness and compassion, he obtains only the kindness of pure practice undefiled, and does not obtain the doing of the same practice as beings and the same affairs as beings without a single thing going against them.” 〔T36n1739 0961c08–0961c12〕

(7) The inner divisions of the ten sentences of gazing with reverence and entering by realization. Of the stretch in which Sudhana observes, Chengguan judges it to be ten sentences and matches the sense stretch by stretch:

〔T35n1735 0929c20〕「第三「爾時善財童子一心」〔T35n1735 0929c20〕下瞻敬證入中十句:初句思人證人法界、餘句思法證法法界。於中,初一句總,謂三昧是體、解脫是用,體用合明。二別思彼體。次二句別思彼用,一益生廣多;二無思普遍,即用而寂故。次二句思前體用所因,一內智淨故、二外緣加故。後三句思其勝進,依前體用進益後三故。」 tr. “Third, from ‘at that time the youth Sudhana with a single mind’ onward, within gazing with reverence and entering by realization there are ten sentences: the first sentence is the pondering of the person and the realizing of the Dharma realm of persons; the remaining sentences are the pondering of the Dharma and the realizing of the Dharma realm of dharmas. Within these, the first one sentence is general, that is, samādhi is the substance and liberation is the function, substance and function being made clear together. The second separately ponders that substance. The next two sentences separately ponder that function: the one is the wide and many benefiting of beings; the other is the thoughtless universal pervading, which is at once function and stillness. The next two sentences ponder the causes of the substance and function before: the one is that the inner knowledge is pure; the other is that the outer condition sustains. The last three sentences ponder his advance in what surpasses, for relying upon the substance and function before he advances in and benefits the last three.”


VI. Divergent Interpretations of the Commentators (the ancient worthies · with their houses marked)

Chengguan, Huayan jing shu T35n1735 · Yanyi chao T36n1736 (glossing the eighty-fascicle Avataṃsaka passage by passage · principal)

The outline: 「第六海幢,寄正心住。文但有五」 tr. “the sixth, Ocean Banner, assigned to the abode of the rectified mind. The text has but five” 〔T35n1735 0928c13〕

The general judgment upon the fourteen places: 「今初,總十四處作用不同。總相而明,從下至上漸漸增勝。別則各表不同」 tr. “in the first, in all there are fourteen places whose workings are not the same. Stated in terms of the general mark, from below upward they grow gradually more surpassing. In the particular, each signifies something different” 〔T35n1735 0929a03–a05〕

The three parts of the stretch upon the crown: 〔T35n1735 0929a25〕「十四頂出佛者,尊極無上故。文中三:初總顯所出身語之相、次「所謂」〔T35n1735 0929a26〕下別彰法雨不同、後「如是」〔T35n1735 0929a27〕下一句總結。」 tr. “Fourteenth, that from the crown comes forth a Buddha is because it is honored to the utmost and unsurpassed. Within the text there are three: first, the general display of the marks of the body and speech that come forth; next, from ‘that is to say’ onward, the separate setting out of the different rains of Dharma; and after that, from ‘in this way’ onward, one sentence gathering it up in general.”

The taking of the sense of the twenty rains of Dharma for the mixed classes, one by one (four raised): 「二偏語初禪,以宿習多慈而偏己眷屬,今令慈普,含福無窮。」 tr. “Second, it speaks in particular of the first dhyāna: because by long habit they have much kindness, and yet incline toward their own retinue, it now makes their kindness universal, and the merit it holds is without end.” 〔0929b24–b25〕 「四就他化中分出魔眾,魔好摧他自高,今令得慈心法幢,摧其邪慢。」 tr. “Fourth, from within the gods of Delight in Others’ Emanations the hosts of Māra are set apart: the Māra loves to crush others and to raise himself high, and it now makes him obtain the Dharma banner of the mind of kindness, crushing his own false arrogance.” 〔0929b26–b28〕 「十七地獄眾生身受無邊苦,心念無邊惡,若以正念三寶為嚴,則頓脫眾苦。」 tr. “Seventeenth, the beings of the hells: their bodies feel boundless suffering and their minds hold boundless evil, and if right mindfulness of the Three Jewels be their adornment, then all at once they are freed from the many sufferings.” 〔0929c13–c15〕 「二十諸難者,所謂八難,及在人間獄囚繫閉等,而多不安,故普安慰,悉令得入賢聖眾會,翻彼難處。」 tr. “Twentieth, as for the many distresses, that is to say the eight difficult conditions, and among men those held bound in prison and the like, who are for the most part not at peace; and so it comforts them everywhere and causes them all to obtain entrance into the assemblies of the worthies and sages, overturning that place of hardship.” 〔0929c16–c19〕

The judgment upon the grounds of the praise: 〔T35n1735 0930a02〕「今初,分二:初標讚深勝、後「以能除滅」〔T35n1735 0930a03〕下出讚所因。由具此下諸因故,上云甚深廣大等。其中云能令增長有為樂者,不捨有為故。出有樂者,不染有故。又上句為凡夫,次句為二乘。下云引發菩提,即為大器。」 tr. “In the first, it divides into two: first the marking of the praise of its depth and surpassingness, and after that, from ‘because it is able to extinguish and take away’ onward, the setting out of the grounds of the praise. Because it is furnished with all the causes below, therefore above it says most deep and most vast and the rest. As for the sentence within it that says ‘it is able to make the pleasures of the conditioned increase,’ it is because he does not cast off the conditioned. ‘The pleasure of coming forth from existence’ is because he is not defiled by existence. Further, the sentence above is for the ordinary man, and the sentence next to it is for the two vehicles. Below it says ‘drawing forth awakening,’ which is for the great vessel.”

The gloss upon Ocean Tide and Universal Adornment: 「第四指示後友中,處名海潮者,但言有處,則猶是前國,顯方便行不離般若故。言海潮者,謂潮所至處,顯方便就機不過限故。亦將入生死海以濟物故,能知三世佛法海故,故上法門名為海藏。園名普莊嚴者,約相,廣有眾嚴故;約表,以生死為園苑,萬行為莊嚴故。」 tr. “Fourth, within the pointing to the next friend: as for the place named Ocean Tide, it only says that there is a place, and so it is still the former land, displaying that the practice of skillful means is not apart from wisdom. As for saying Ocean Tide, that is, the place the tide reaches, displaying that skillful means, meeting what suits the occasion, does not pass beyond its bound. It is likewise because he is about to enter the ocean of birth-and-death so as to save things, and because he is able to know the ocean of the Dharma of the Buddhas of the three times—and so the dharma gate above is named the ocean treasury. As for the grove named Universal Adornment: stated in terms of appearance, it is because there are widely many adornments; stated in terms of signification, it is because birth-and-death is taken for the garden and the myriad practices for the adornment.” 〔T35n1735 0930b02–0930b09〕

Fazang, Tanxuan ji T35n1733 (the commentary on the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka)

Two statements glossing the name: 「海幢者,古人云:定深如海,智勝若幢。又釋:定身獨出名幢,業用繁多云海。」 tr. “As for Ocean Banner, the men of old said: the concentration is deep as an ocean and the knowledge surpassing as a banner. And a further gloss: the body in concentration standing out alone is named a banner, and the workings being many is called an ocean.” 〔T35n1733 0460b07–b08〕

The gloss upon the name of the land: 「第六正心住中,初舉法勸修內,國名頂者,此在閻浮最南畔處,故云頂也,表第六般若終極故也。」 tr. “Within the sixth, the abode of the rectified mind: in the first, the raising of the Dharma and the exhorting to cultivation, as for the land being named Summit, this lies at the southernmost shore of Jambudvīpa, and so it is called the summit, signifying that the sixth, wisdom, is the final utmost.” 〔T35n1733 0460b05–b07〕

The outline of the holding in mind of what went before: 〔T35n1733 0460b11〕「第二「爾時善財」〔T35n1733 0460b11〕下依教趣入,謂念前趣後。念中,初二句總;下十句別,一能入慧、二所證理、三所攝德、四所起用,次四了知剎海,後二受持行願。」 tr. “Second, from ‘at that time Sudhana’ onward is entering in accord with the teaching, that is, holding in mind what went before and turning toward what comes after. In the holding in mind, the first two sentences are the general; the ten below are the particulars—one, the wisdom that enters; two, the principle that is realized; three, the virtue that is gathered; four, the function that is aroused; the next four are the fully knowing of the ocean of fields; and the last two are the receiving and holding of the practice of vows.”

Two kinds of deferring upward: 「然諸文仰推有二類:一即於自己法門之內更有深細,非己能知,即如此文及前位等;二推異類法門非己能知」 tr. “Now the looking up and deferring in all these passages is of two kinds: one, that within one's own dharma gate there is something deeper and finer that one cannot oneself know, as in this passage and in the stages before it; two, deferring to a dharma gate of a different kind that one cannot oneself know” 〔T35n1733 0460a29–0460b03〕

The gloss upon the substance of the concentration: 「初中,身安不動,心寂無覺。七轉已息,唯第八持身。」 tr. “In the first: his body is settled and unmoving, his mind still and without awareness. The seven evolving consciousnesses are already stilled, and the eighth alone sustains the body.” 〔T35n1733 0460b20–b21〕; and within the same gate he continues, 「定前加行誓願力故,令於定身起諸業用。若圓教中,融攝法界自在無礙故,業用無方未曾起念」 tr. “Because of the power of the vow in the preparatory practice before the concentration, upon the body in concentration the many workings of karma arise. If it be within the round teaching, because the fusing and gathering in of the Dharma realm is sovereign and unobstructed, the workings are without fixed direction and yet no thought has ever arisen.” 〔T35n1733 0460b21–b24〕

The fourteen gates, and the dividing of the mixed classes: 「總有十四門,初足下出長者等眾,明修行之初以施為首。」 tr. “In all there are fourteen gates. In the first, from the soles of the feet there come forth the assembly of elders and the rest, making clear that at the beginning of cultivation giving is taken for the head.” 〔T35n1733 0460b24–b25〕; and the stretch upon the crown he judges to be 「於中二:先十二位攝菩薩眾、後二十事攝雜類眾。」 tr. “within it there are two: first, twelve stations gathering in the assemblies of bodhisattvas; after that, twenty matters gathering in the mixed classes.” 〔T35n1733 0460c09–c10〕

The question and answer upon a stage gathering in the stages: 「問:准依此文,十住滿後即至道場成佛,而不說十行等者何也?」 tr. “Question: according to this text, when the ten abodes are full one goes straight to the place of awakening and becomes a Buddha, and the ten practices and the rest are not spoken of—why is this?” 〔T35n1733 0460c28–0461a01〕 「答?此是普賢十住,攝後諸位皆在此中,顯一位即一切位故。」 tr. “Answer: these are the ten abodes of Samantabhadra, which gather in all the later stages, all of them within this, displaying that one stage is every stage.” 〔T35n1733 0461a01–a02〕

The gloss upon the three names: 「答有三名:初一總名普眼平等法門,見法界故。」 tr. “Answer: there are three names. The first is the general name, the dharma gate of the universal eye and equality, because he sees the Dharma realm.” 〔T35n1733 0461b18–b19〕 「二淨般若,約智離障。三淨嚴,約境證德。」 tr. “The second, pure wisdom, is stated in terms of knowledge leaving obstruction. The third, pure adornment, is stated in terms of the objective realm realizing virtue.” 〔T35n1733 0461b19–b20〕

The three divisions of the twenty-three sentences upon the working: 〔T35n1733 0461b22〕「答中有二十三句:初六句明於器世間自在、二「見一切佛」〔T35n1733 0461b23〕下十一句明於智正覺世間自在、三「大悲攝」〔T35n1733 0461b24〕下六句明於眾生世間自在。」 tr. “Within the answer there are twenty-three sentences: the first six sentences make clear his sovereignty in the world of vessels; second, from ‘he sees all the Buddhas’ onward, eleven sentences make clear his sovereignty in the world of right awakening and knowledge; third, from ‘gathers in with great compassion’ onward, six sentences make clear his sovereignty in the world of beings.”

The three divisions of the looking up and deferring: 〔T35n1733 0461b26〕「第五仰推勝進中三:初一句總推;二「皆悉深入」〔T35n1733 0461b27〕下別;三「我尚不能」〔T35n1733 0461b27〕下結不能知。」 tr. “Fifth, within the looking up and deferring and advancing in what surpasses there are three: the first one sentence is the general deferring; second, from ‘all of them enter deeply’ onward is the particular; third, from ‘I am not even able’ onward is the conclusion that he cannot know it.”

Li Tongxuan, Xin Huayan jing lun T36n1739 (a different track of what things signify)

The gloss upon the name: 「有比丘名海幢者,明約以德智慧如海,能破眾生業惑處,名之為幢。幢者,摧壞義故。」 tr. “As for there being a monk named Ocean Banner, it makes clear that, stated in terms of virtue, the wisdom is like an ocean, and that it is able to break the place of the karma and confusion of beings, and this is named a banner. A banner has the sense of crushing and ruining.” 〔T36n1739 0960b28–0960c01〕

What the side of the walking ground signifies: 「何故在經行地側結跏趺坐入于三昧?表寂用自在,以經行地是用,三昧是寂,表依用有寂。地側者,表不住寂用之中而任運自在故。」 tr. “Why does he sit cross-legged and enter samādhi at the side of the walking ground? It signifies that stillness and function are sovereign; since the walking ground is function and samādhi is stillness, it signifies that upon function there is stillness. As for the side of the ground, it signifies that he does not abide within stillness and function but is sovereign and moves as things come.” 〔T36n1739 0960c09–0960c11〕

What being apart from the breathing out and in signifies: 「離出入息,明稱理而寂、稱理而用,性自遍周,非同二乘作寂滅證也。此同十地中第六地也,以十地行依此十住行樣,修行至彼,同此本故」 tr. “Apart from the breathing out and in makes clear that in accord with principle he is still and in accord with principle he functions, the nature of itself pervading everywhere, and that it is not like the two vehicles, who make a realization of quiescent extinction. This is the same as the sixth of the ten grounds, for the practice of the ten grounds follows the pattern of this practice of the ten abodes, and cultivating on to that is the same as this root” 〔T36n1739 0960c11–0960c15〕

What each place signifies (three raised): 「二從兩膝出無數百千億剎帝利婆羅門眾皆悉聰慧者,以兩膝是起止坐臥卷舒自在之所由。膝還出清淨王種,表智制生死,如王自在。」 tr. “Second, that from the two knees there come forth numberless hundreds of thousands of koṭis of kṣatriyas and brahmins, all of them clever, is because the two knees are that by which rising and stopping, sitting and lying, folding and stretching are at will. And the knee sends forth again the pure royal seed, signifying that knowledge masters birth-and-death, sovereign as a king.” 〔0960c21–0960c24〕 「五從胸前卐字中出無數百千億阿脩羅王……胸是勇猛義,卐者清涼義故。」 tr. “Fifth, that from the svastika mark upon the breast there come forth numberless hundreds of thousands of koṭis of asura kings … the breast has the sense of valor, and the svastika has the sense of coolness.” 〔0961a04–0961a06〕 「六從其背上出無數百千億二乘者,表背是背眾生之方所。」 tr. “Sixth, that from his back there come forth numberless hundreds of thousands of koṭis of those of the two vehicles signifies that the back is the quarter in which one turns one's back upon beings.” 〔0961a09–0961a10〕

The number of the sentences upon the working: 「二十二海幢比丘重說此三昧,為說二十二種無障礙法。」 tr. “Twenty-two: the monk Ocean Banner tells of this samādhi again, telling twenty-two kinds of unobstructed dharmas.” 〔T36n1739 0961b22–0961b23〕

The principal and the companions of this abode: 「此是十住中第六正心住,般若波羅蜜為主,餘九為伴。」 tr. “This is the sixth of the ten abodes, the abode of the rectified mind, having the prajñā-pāramitā as principal and the other nine as companions.” 〔T36n1739 0961c05–0961c06〕

Counteracting that runs through all, and counteracting proper to one: 「以約智門中,諸位通治;以約位門中;第六波羅蜜偏治世間出世間寂用不自在障,得寂用神通自在門。」 tr. “Stated in terms of the gate of knowledge, all the stages counteract in common; stated in terms of the gate of the stages, the sixth pāramitā counteracts in particular the obstruction by which stillness and function are not sovereign, whether in the world or beyond it, and obtains the gate in which stillness and function and the spiritual penetrations are sovereign.” 〔T36n1739 0961c06–c08〕

Transforming beings everywhere, and what the laywoman signifies: 「自滿本願遍化眾生故。優婆夷者,表慈悲行也。」 tr. “Because she fulfills of herself her original vow and transforms beings everywhere. As for the laywoman, she signifies the practice of kindness and compassion.” 〔T36n1739 0961c25–c26〕 「此是十地中第七遠行地大慈悲行之軌樣。」 tr. “This is the pattern of the practice of great kindness and compassion of the seventh, the ground of far-reaching, among the ten grounds.” 〔T36n1739 0961c26–c27〕

The difference between the undefiled and the entering of the common world: 「前位是出世無染大悲法門,即以比丘表之;此位入俗處染而不污、處真同俗之慈悲,即以優婆夷表之,漸成力用自在故。」 tr. “The former stage is the dharma gate of great compassion beyond the world and undefiled, and it is signified by a monk; this stage is the kindness and compassion that enters the common world and dwells within defilement yet is not stained, that dwells in the true and yet is the same as the common, and it is signified by a laywoman, because little by little its power and function grow sovereign.” 〔T36n1739 0961c28–0962a02〕

Zhiyan, Souxuan ji T35n1732

〔T35n1732 0092c10〕「三正證中有二:初明自分法、二「云何能說」〔T35n1732 0092c11〕下仰推勝分。初文有五:初舉法門體;二「善財嘆未曾有」〔T35n1732 0092c12〕下歎功德;三「此定名何等」〔T35n1732 0092c13〕下問法門名,有問答二文,答中有名義、因果二文;四「唯有此下」〔T35n1732 0092c14〕辨功作用,有二可知;五「我唯」〔T35n1732 0092c15〕下結。」 tr. “Third, within the right realization there are two: first the making clear of the dharma of one's own portion; second, from ‘how could I tell’ onward, the looking up and deferring to the surpassing portion. The first text has five: first, the raising of the substance of the dharma gate; second, from ‘Sudhana praised it as never before’ onward, the praising of its merits; third, from ‘by what name is this concentration called’ onward, the asking of the name of the dharma gate, which has the two texts of question and answer, and within the answer the two texts of name-and-sense and cause-and-fruit; fourth, from ‘only there is this, below’ onward, the distinguishing of the working of its merit, which has two and may be known; fifth, from ‘I only’ onward, the conclusion.”

The four of the first text, and the fifteen places of the light of the body: 〔T35n1732 0092c15〕「初文有四:初辨法門體;二「從其足」〔T35n1732 0092c16〕已下明現身攝,身光有十五處化彼諸如來者,頂上佛耳;三「善財一心」〔T35n1732 0092c18〕下辨攝法相應;四捨從定起。」 tr. “The first text has four: first, the distinguishing of the substance of the dharma gate; second, from ‘from the soles of his feet’ onward, the making clear of the manifesting of bodies and the gathering in; the light of the body has fifteen places, and the transforming of those Tathāgatas is upon the crown alone; third, from ‘Sudhana with a single mind’ onward, the distinguishing of the answering of the gathering in of the Dharma; fourth, the rising from the concentration.”

The eleven sentences praising the virtue of the concentration: 〔T35n1732 0092c19〕「第二歎三昧功德中,初十一句歎定德、二「大聖乃至入此三昧」〔T35n1732 0092c20〕下歎其作用。」 tr. “Second, within the praising of the merits of the samādhi, the first eleven sentences praise the virtue of the concentration; second, from ‘great holy one, even to entering this samādhi’ onward, the praising of its working.”

The two senses of the looking up and deferring: 「問:菩薩既有具德,何須仰推?答:此有二意。一寄位不相,是故須推也;二寄三昧門別,發生勝欲故也。」 tr. “Question: since the bodhisattva already has the virtues complete, why must he look up and defer? Answer: there are two senses in this. One, that the assigning of the stages does not answer to one another, and therefore he must defer; two, that the gates of samādhi assigned are separate, and it gives rise to a surpassing aspiration.” 〔T35n1732 0092c21–c23〕

Chengguan's Express Judgment

The old gloss upon the two words relinquishing and obtaining, and the judgment upon it: in glossing the two words relinquishing and obtaining in the first name of the samādhi, Chengguan first sets up the sense of there being nothing obtained, and next sets out a gloss of the men of old—「昔云障無不寂曰捨,理無不證曰得。」 tr. “Of old it was said: that there is no obstruction not stilled is called relinquishing, and that there is no principle not realized is called obtaining.” 〔T35n1735 0930a16〕—and beneath it he himself sets down a judgment: 「非無此理,而未造玄。」 tr. “It is not that this principle is absent, but that it has not reached the profound.” 〔T35n1735 0930a17〕 Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle text, has a separate gloss of the same two words: 「障無不盡云捨,理無不證名得。」 tr. “That there is no obstruction not exhausted is said to be relinquishing, and that there is no principle not realized is named obtaining.” 〔T35n1733 0461b19〕

Recorded Without Judgment

As to the outline of this section, Chengguan marks 「文但有五」 tr. “the text has but five,” and yet within his gloss upon this section he separately marks the names of four—holding the teaching in mind and seeking on · seeing, paying respect, and inquiring (within which there are two: first the seeing and paying respect, and after that the inquiring, this latter half being what is called 「第二正明諮問」 tr. “second, the direct making clear of the inquiring”) · humbling oneself and deferring to the superior · pointing to the next friend; the fifth heading, upon the last stretch, is not separately named within his gloss upon this section, and this is recorded as lacking, according to the fact, and is not supplied in his stead. Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle text, opens seven gates separately under 「三昧正受」 tr. “the right receiving of samādhi” (distinguishing the substance of the Dharma · showing the working of the Dharma realm · causing Sudhana to observe and realize the Dharma realm · coming out of concentration and praising his virtue · the question and answer that bring out the name · the question and answer that bring out the working · concluding that he knows only one); Zhiyan makes three stretches (the exhorting teaching and the turning toward entrance · entering in accord with the teaching · the right receiving of samādhi) and within the right realization opens five again; and Li Tongxuan marks off word for word the beginning and the end of this stretch of the sūtra text and 「約分為五門」 tr. “divides it in brief into five gates,” opening five further gates for the advancing upward, and setting up twenty-three kinds of dharma gates upon the ocean of assemblies coming forth from the body—the number of the parts and the bone each rests upon differ in all four houses. As to the glossing of the name, Fazang transmits two statements of the men of old (the concentration is deep as an ocean and the knowledge surpassing as a banner / the body in concentration standing out alone is named a banner and the workings being many is called an ocean) and sets the two statements side by side, while Li Tongxuan separately makes wisdom like an ocean and crushing and ruining for the banner. As to the judgment of the substance of the concentration, Chengguan takes together the two readings of the concentration of the cessation of feeling and perception and of the fourth dhyāna, while Li Tongxuan speaks directly with 「非同二乘作寂滅證」 tr. “it is not like the two vehicles, who make a realization of quiescent extinction” and does not divide two concentrations. As to what six months and six days signify, Chengguan attaches them to the one sense of fulfilling the sixth perfection within the sixth abode, while Li Tongxuan matches them stretch by stretch to six items—giving · the precepts of the seven branches · patience · vigor · the sixth abode · the sixth perfection. As to the number of the sentences upon the working, Li Tongxuan calls them twenty-two kinds of unobstructed dharmas. These divergent glosses are all settled statements of the ancient worthies; they are recorded.


VII. Cross-Reading and Lineage

The text of this section, and the chains of lineage attaching to it, all return directly from the cross-readings the ancient worthies have already made.

  • Fazang, Huayan jing zhigui T45n1871: it takes this section as an example of 「十住等中各攝諸位」 tr. “within the ten abodes and the rest each gathers in all the stages”—「十住等中各攝諸位。皆具二門。如海幢比…」 tr. “within the ten abodes and the rest each gathers in all the stages. All are possessed of two gates. As with the monk Ocean Banner…” 〔T45n1871 0596a04〕. This is of one and the same axis with Chengguan's judgment 「此約以位攝位」 tr. “this is stated in terms of a stage gathering in the stages” 〔T35n1735 0929b04–b05〕, and yet the Zhigui only raises this section as an example and does not separately gloss its text.
  • Zhiyan, Huayan jing kongmu zhang T45n1870: in the listing of the order of the good friends this section stands seventh—「六名解脫長者 七名海幢比丘」 tr. “the sixth is named the Elder Liberation, the seventh is named the monk Ocean Banner” 〔T45n1870 0589a04〕. This is a record of order, not a glossing of sense. The same work, in its chapter on the concentration of cessation, separately takes this section as evidence of the concentration of cessation of the One Vehicle—「滅盡定者。分別有三。謂一乘三乘小乘。」 tr. “As for the concentration of cessation, in distinguishing it there are three: the One Vehicle, the three vehicles, and the lesser vehicle.” 〔T45n1870 0575c27〕—and its sense for the One Vehicle is precisely 「如海幢比丘入滅盡定。即自身上放法界身雲利益眾生。」 tr. “as when the monk Ocean Banner entered the concentration of cessation and, upon his own body, sent forth clouds of Dharma-realm bodies benefiting beings.” 〔T45n1870 0575c28–0576a01〕; for the three vehicles it is 「於自身上。不說成用。變作異身。依其異物。成利生等用。得名俱行。」 tr. “upon one’s own body the accomplishing of function is not spoken of; rather one transforms into a different body and, relying upon that other thing, accomplishes the function of benefiting beings and the rest, and gets the name of going together.” 〔T45n1870 0576a01–a02〕; and for the lesser vehicle there is 「無俱行利他之相」 tr. “no mark of going together and benefiting others” 〔T45n1870 0576a04〕. What divides the three judgments is whether function can be accomplished upon the substance itself, and this section is precisely the instance of function accomplished upon the substance. The same chapter further divides the substance and the differences of the stage of obtaining. As to the substance: 「體者一乘滅定用法界為體」 tr. “As for the substance, the concentration of cessation of the One Vehicle takes the Dharma realm for its substance.” 〔T45n1870 0576a05–a06〕, and 「三乘定體者。即真如實性」 tr. “as for the substance of the concentration of the three vehicles, it is suchness, the real nature.” 〔T45n1870 0576a07〕. As to the obtaining: 「得位差別者。約小乘位。十二人得」 tr. “As for the differences of the stage of obtaining: stated in terms of the stages of the lesser vehicle, twelve persons obtain it.” 〔T45n1870 0576a12–a13〕, 「圓教即六位得」 tr. “in the round teaching it is obtained at six stations” 〔T45n1870 0576a23〕, 「若熟教等迴心。即依圓教別十地位相。第八地得。得彼一乘滅盡定」 tr. “if it be those who turn the mind about from the mature teaching and the like, then according to the marks of the stations of the separate ten grounds of the round teaching it is obtained at the eighth ground, obtaining that concentration of cessation of the One Vehicle.” 〔T45n1870 0576a27–a28〕, the ground of which is 「三乘滅盡定。先已得故」 tr. “because the concentration of cessation of the three vehicles has already been obtained before.” 〔T45n1870 0576a29〕
  • Fazang, Huayan yisheng jiaoyi fenqi zhang T45n1866: in the distinguishing of why śrāvakas are listed in the ninth assembly, the Taishō base text reads 「二文殊出會外所攝六千比丘。非是前所引眾。此等皆是已在三乘中。令迴向一乘故。作是說也。」 tr. “second, the six thousand monks gathered in outside the assembly by Mañjuśrī. These are not the assembly cited before. All of these are already within the three vehicles, and it is said thus in order to turn them toward the One Vehicle.” 〔T45n1866 0484a16–a18〕, and in that base text the name Ocean Banner does not occur; the 【甲】【乙】 witnesses, in the place of these thirty-seven graphs, carry instead a variant reading of nineteen graphs, 「後六千比丘等者非此聲聞如海幢比丘等準之」 tr. “as for the latter six thousand monks and the rest, these are not those śrāvakas; take such as the monk Ocean Banner as the measure” 〔T45n1866 0484a16〕, taking the śrāvakas that come forth from Ocean Banner as the standard of the distinguishing. Both readings are recorded without adjudication—what the base text points to is the six thousand monks gathered in outside the assembly by Mañjuśrī, who are already within the three vehicles and are turned toward the One Vehicle, while what the variant reading points to is the śrāvakas that come forth from the back of Ocean Banner, taken as the standard of the distinguishing: the two readings do not point to the same thing. And yet its context above and below belongs to a different stretch of discussion and is not a gloss upon this section.
  • A sentence of the Jingming jing: what Chengguan cites to prove that in this section stillness and function are unobstructed—〔T35n1735 0928c24〕「《淨名》云「不起滅定而現諸威儀」〔T35n1735 0928c24〕,正當此也。」 tr. “the Jingming says ‘not rising from the concentration of extinction and yet manifesting the many bearings,’ and this is precisely it.”; and the Yanyi chao rehearses it, 「引《淨名經》,亦如前說」 tr. “the citing of the Jingming jing is likewise as told before” 〔T36n1736 0672b29–0672c01〕.
  • A sentence of the Zhilun: what Chengguan cites to prove the third name, the fusing of objective realm and knowledge—〔T35n1735 0930a20〕「故《智論》云「說智及智處,俱名為般若。」〔T35n1735 0930a20〕」 tr. “therefore the Zhilun says, ‘to tell of knowledge and of the place of knowledge, both are named wisdom.’”.
  • The Yanyi chao rehearsing the sūtra to prove the sense of the ocean treasury—that is, the sense of 「海藏」 tr. “the ocean treasury”: in glossing the commentary's phrase 「能知三世佛法」 tr. “he is able to know the Dharma of the Buddhas of the three times,” the Chao rehearses a text from elsewhere in this sūtra as its ground—〔T36n1736 0672c05〕「經云「佛子!此菩薩應勸學十種廣大法。何等為十?所謂說一即多、說多即一,文隨於義、義隨於文,非有即有、有即非有,無相即相、相即無相,無性即性、性即無性,即廣大法海也。」〔T36n1736 0672c05〕」 tr. “the sūtra says, ‘sons of the Buddha! This bodhisattva should be exhorted to study ten kinds of vast dharmas. What are the ten? That is to say: telling that one is many and telling that many are one; the letter following upon the sense and the sense following upon the letter; that what is not existent is existent and what is existent is not existent; that the markless is the mark and the mark is the markless; that what is without nature is nature and that nature is without nature—this is the vast ocean of the Dharma.’”
  • The consciousness-only axis: the Cheng weishi lun T31n1585 · the She dacheng lun T31n1594 · the Yogācārabhūmi T30n1579 · the Jieshenmi jing T16n0676—four texts, searched for 「海幢」 tr. “Ocean Banner,” all give zero hits 〔查無〕 tr. “not found.” The sūtra text of this section is not the chapter on the ten grounds, and no separate chain of consciousness-only is set up.
  • The treatises of the Huayan house: the Huayan yisheng shixuan men T45n1868 · the Fajie xuanjing T45n1883—two texts, searched for 「海幢」 tr. “Ocean Banner,” both give zero hits 〔查無〕 tr. “not found.”

VIII. Edition Location Register

  • Śikṣānanda T279 (the base text): the section on the monk Ocean Banner begins at 〔T10n0279 0340b02〕 (the end of fascicle sixty-three) and ends 〔before 0343a09〕 (fascicle sixty-four). Holding the former teaching in mind, the eleven layers of the inconceivable 0340b02–b10 · seeking on and the mark of seeing him in concentration 0340b10–b13 · the assemblies coming forth from the fourteen places 0340b13–0342a21 (the soles of the feet 0340b13 · the two knees 0340b20 · the waist 0340b26 · the two sides 0340c04 · the svastika mark upon the breast 0340c12 · the back 0340c24 · the two shoulders 0341a02 · the belly 0341a10 · the face-gate 0341a23 · the two eyes 0341b06 · the white hair between the brows 0341b20 · the forehead 0341b29 · the head 0341c04 · the crown 0341c22) · the thirty-two rains of Dharma 0341c26–0342a20 · the nets of light from the pores 0342a21–a24 · the ten sentences of gazing with reverence and entering by realization 0342a25–b03 · the passage of time 0342b03–b04 · coming out of concentration 0342b04 · the ten sentences of general praise 0342b04–b10 · the twenty sentences of the grounds of the praise 0342b11–b20 · the asking of the name 0342b20 · the answer of the three names 0342b21–b24 · the asking upon the working 0342b25 · the twenty-two sentences of the answer upon the working 0342b26–0342c13 · humbling himself and deferring to the superior 0342c13–c20 · pointing to the next friend 0342c20–c23 · cherishing his virtue, bowing, and taking leave 0342c23–0343a08. Zero lines of verse.
  • Buddhabhadra T278 (the Jin translation, principal collation): this section begins at 〔T09n0278 0695b12〕 (fascicle forty-eight) and ends 〔before 0698b05〕. Holding the former teaching in mind 0695b12–b20 · seeking on and the mark of seeing him in concentration 0695b20–b23 · the assemblies coming forth from the fourteen places 0695b23–0697a06 (the soles of the feet 0695b23 · the two knees 0695b27 · the two sides of the waist 0695c02 · the two sides 0695c07 · the mark of virtue upon the breast 0695c16 · the back 0695c26 · the two shoulders 0696a03 · the belly 0696a12 · the mouth 0696a22 · the two eyes 0696b03 · between the brows 0696b09 · the forehead 0696b19 · the head 0696b22 · the crown 0696c09) · the thirty-two clouds of the Dharma 0696c12–0697a05 · the nets of light from the pores 0697a06–a08 · the observing 0697a09–a13 · the passage of time 0697a13–a15 · coming out of concentration and praising 0697a15–b03 · the answer of the three names 0697b03–b07 · the asking upon the working 0697b07–b08 · the twenty-three sentences of the answer upon the working 0697b08–b25 · humbling himself and deferring to the superior 0697b25–0697c05 · pointing to the next friend 0697c05–c08 · taking leave 0697c08–c14 · the separate stretch of holding the good friend in mind 0697c15–c24 · the setting out at length of the grove of the next friend 0697c24–0698b05 (the answering text of these two stretches lies in the eighty-fascicle text at 〔T10n0279 0343a09〕 and below, at the head of the next section; the matching runs across the sections).
  • Prajñā T293 (the Zhenyuan forty-fascicle Avataṃsaka · chapter thirty-nine alone): this section begins at 〔T10n0293 0688b18〕 (the end of fascicle six) and ends 〔0693c03〕 (fascicle seven). Holding the former teaching in mind 0688b18–b26 · seeking on and the mark of seeing him in concentration 0688b26–b29 · the general marking of the body-clouds 0688c01–c08 · the assemblies coming forth from the fourteen places 0688c09–0692a09 (the two soles of the feet 0688c09 · the two knees 0688c21 · the wheel of the navel 0689a03 · the two sides 0689a16 · the auspicious mark upon the breast 0689b06 · the back 0689b21 · the two shoulders 0689c03 · the belly 0689c18 · the face-gate 0690a04 · the two eyes 0690a24 · the white hair between the brows 0690b19 · the forehead 0690c02 · the head 0690c07 · the fleshy cowl upon the crown 0691b22) · the thirty-two rains of Dharma 0691b27–0692a09 · the nets of light from the pores 0692a09–a14 · the seeing within the nets of light of the ten perfections of old 0692a14–0692c04 · the observing 0692c05–c13 · the passage of time 0692c13–c15 · coming out of concentration 0692c15 · the praising 0692c16–0693a09 · the answer of the three names 0693a09–a11 · the cause of cultivation and the million asaṃkhyeya samādhis 0693a12–a14 · the asking upon the working 0693a14–a15 · the twenty-five sentences of the answer upon the working 0693a16–b08 · humbling himself and deferring to the superior 0693b08–b19 · pointing to the next friend (the laywoman Īśānā) 0693b19–b23 · taking leave 0693b23–c03.
  • Chengguan, Huayan jing shu T35n1735: the direct gloss on this section begins at 0928c13 · the five-part outline 0928c13–c19 · the two readings of the substance of the concentration 0928c19–0929a01 · the general judgment upon the fourteen places 0929a01–a05 · the gloss place by place 0929a05–a25 · the three parts of the stretch upon the crown 0929a25–a27 · the judgment upon the thirty-two rains of Dharma 0929a27–a29 · the twelve rains of Dharma for bodhisattvas 0929a29–0929b21 · the twenty rains of Dharma for the mixed classes 0929b21–0929c19 · the general display of the pores 0929c19–c20 · the ten sentences of gazing with reverence and entering by realization 0929c20–c27 · the passage of time 0929c27–c29 · coming out of concentration 0930a01 · the direct making clear of the inquiring 0930a02–a07 · the asking and answering of the name 0930a07–a23 · the asking and answering upon the working 0930a23–a29 · humbling oneself and deferring to the superior 0930a29–0930b02 · pointing to the next friend 0930b02–b13 · ending before the seventh, Fulfilled Vow 0930b13.
  • Chengguan, Yanyi chao T36n1736: the gloss proper to this section 0672b26–0672c09 (the reason for being assigned to the abode of the rectified mind 0672b26–c01 · the rehearsing of the words of the commentary 0672b28–c05 · the rehearsing of the sūtra to prove the sense of the ocean treasury 0672c05–c09). The four other occurrences (0021b01 · 0266c18 · 0663b01 · 0668b24) belong to other chapters and other stretches where the ten abodes are cited in passing, and are not glossing stretches upon this section; they do not enter the collation.
  • Fazang, Tanxuan ji T35n1733: the sixth, the abode of the rectified mind, begins at 0460b05 · the gloss on the name of the land 0460b05–b07 · the gloss on the name Ocean Banner 0460b06–b08 · paying respect and taking leave 0460b09–b11 · entering in accord with the teaching 0460b11–b15 · seeing, paying respect, and requesting 0460b15–b17 · the seven gates of directly showing the Dharma realm 0460b17–b20 · the substance of the concentration 0460b20–b24 · the fourteen gates place by place 0460b24–0460c09 · the twelve stations that gather in the assemblies of bodhisattvas 0460c09–0460c28 · the question and answer upon a stage gathering in the stages 0460c28–0461a06 · the twenty mixed classes 0461a06–0461b03 · observing and realizing 0461b03–b11 · coming out of concentration and praising his virtue 0461b11–b17 · the question and answer bringing out the name 0461b17–b22 · the question and answer distinguishing the working, in twenty-three sentences 0461b22–b25 · concluding that he knows only one 0461b25–b26 · looking up and deferring, advancing in what surpasses 0461b26–b28 · ending at 「第六住竟」 tr. “the sixth abode is done” 〔T35n1733 0461b28–b29〕. The other occurrence 0466b09 lies in fascicle nineteen, in a comparison within the stretch on the fifth practice, and is not a gloss proper to this section; it does not enter the collation. A further five occurrences lie in fascicle five (three of them) · fascicle eight · fascicle seventeen, and are likewise not glosses proper to this section.
  • Li Tongxuan, Xin Huayan jing lun T36n1739: what touches upon this section runs 0960b25–0962a02 (the gloss on the name 0960b28 · the five parts of the gate of rightly entering the present stage 0960c02 · the twenty-three gates of the ocean of assemblies coming forth from the body 0960c16 · what each place signifies 0960c18–0961b11 · the matching of the passage of time to the perfections 0961b25–0961c04 · principal and companions, and the counteracting that runs through all stages as against the counteracting proper to one 0961c05–c08 · the bound of the kindness and compassion of this stage 0961c08–c13 · the five gates of advancing upward 0961c14 · the gloss on Ocean Tide and Universal Adornment 0961c19–c24 · the gloss on the name Fulfilled Vow 0961c25 · transforming beings everywhere, and the laywoman as signifying the practice of kindness and compassion 0961c25–c26 · the pattern of the ten abodes and the seventh ground 0961c26–c28 · the difference between the undefiled and the entering of the common world 0961c28–0962a02). The other occurrences are scattered through sentences of comparison upon other abodes and other grounds; they do not enter the collation.
  • Zhiyan, Souxuan ji T35n1732: the sole occurrence for this section 0092c04–0092c23 (the three-stretch outline 0092c04–c07 · the five of the turning toward entrance 0092c07–c10 · the five of the right realization 0092c10–c15 · the four of the first text, and the fifteen places of the light of the body 0092c15–c18 · the eleven sentences praising the virtue of the concentration, and its working 0092c18–c20 · the three parts of the looking up and deferring 0092c20–c21 · the two senses of the looking up and deferring 0092c21–c23).
  • Variant readings: within the range of T279 covered by this unit, 〔0340b02〕–〔0343a08〕, the Taishō base text carries 8 collation notes, recorded one by one without adjudication (base reading 【大】|variant readings of other witnesses, several witnesses separated by /): 〔0340b12〕跏【大】|加【宋】【元】【明】【宮】 · 〔0340c28〕與【大】|無【宮】 · 〔0341a08〕離【大】|難【宋】 · 〔0341b09〕翳【大】|瞖【宋】【元】 · 〔0341b11〕玻瓈【大】|頗梨【宋】【元】【宮】(*同校並繫〔0341b11〕之玻瓈字) · 〔0341b27〕諍【大】|靜【宮】 · 〔0342c01〕礙;見一切佛……,無所障(凡44字)【大】|無此字【宋】 · 〔0342c17〕辨【大】|辯【宋】【元】【明】【宮】.
  • A further note upon the variant readings: 2 CBETA emendations (not counted among the Taishō collation notes listed above): 〔0341a24〕王【CB】【麗-CB】【磧-CB】|主【大】 · 〔0341b18〕辦【CB】|辨【大】/辦【宋】【元】【明】【宮】(*同校並繫正文〔0341b28〕·〔0341c03〕二處重出).
  • A further note on the variant readings: the interlinear notes have already been stripped and recorded at the layer of the source text.
  • Entries not found: the Huayan yisheng shixuan men T45n1868 · the Fajie xuanjing T45n1883 · the Cheng weishi lun T31n1585 · the She dacheng lun T31n1594 · the Yogācārabhūmi T30n1579 · the Jieshenmi jing T16n0676 · the Shidi jing lun T26n1522—seven texts in all, searched for 「海幢」 tr. “Ocean Banner,” all give zero hits.

Translator · 釋慧鏡 Shi Huijing. The full statement of AI's role across the 指月 project is maintained at methodology.

License · CC BY-NC-SA 4.0